wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 106 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 107 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 108 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 109 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 110 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 111 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 112 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 113 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 114 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 115 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 116 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 117 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 118 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 119 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 120 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 121 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 122 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 123 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 124 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 125 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 126 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 127 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 128 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 129 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 130 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 131 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 132 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 133 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 134 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 135 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 136 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 137 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 138 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 139 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 140 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 141 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 142 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 143 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 144 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 145 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 146 OK = _core_.OK
 147 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 148 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 149 YES = _core_.YES
 150 NO = _core_.NO
 151 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 152 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 153 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 154 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 155 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 156 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 157 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 158 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 159 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 160 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 161 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 162 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 163 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 164 RESET = _core_.RESET
 165 HELP = _core_.HELP
 166 MORE = _core_.MORE
 167 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 168 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 169 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 170 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 171 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 172 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 173 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 174 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 175 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 180 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 181 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 182 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 183 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 184 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 185 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 186 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 187 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 188 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 189 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 190 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 191 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 192 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 193 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 194 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 195 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 196 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 197 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 198 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 199 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 200 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 201 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 202 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 203 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 204 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 205 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 206 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 207 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 208 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 209 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 210 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 211 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 212 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 213 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 214 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 215 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 216 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 217 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 219 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 223 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 224 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 225 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 226 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 227 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 228 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 229 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 230 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 231 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 232 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 233 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 234 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 235 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 236 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 237 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 238 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 239 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 240 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 241 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 242 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 243 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 244 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 245 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 246 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 247 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 248 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 249 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 250 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 251 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 252 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 253 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 254 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 255 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 256 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 257 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 258 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 259 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 260 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 264 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 265 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 266 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 267 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 268 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 269 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 270 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 271 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 272 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 273 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 274 OPEN = _core_.OPEN
 275 SAVE = _core_.SAVE
 276 HIDE_READONLY = _core_.HIDE_READONLY
 277 OVERWRITE_PROMPT = _core_.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 278 FILE_MUST_EXIST = _core_.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 279 MULTIPLE = _core_.MULTIPLE
 280 CHANGE_DIR = _core_.CHANGE_DIR
 281 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 282 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 283 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 284 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 285 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 286 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 287 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 288 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 289 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 290 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 291 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 292 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 293 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON = _core_.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 294 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE = _core_.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 295 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 296 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 297 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 298 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 299 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 300 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 301 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 302 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 303 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 304 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 305 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 306 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 307 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 308 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 309 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 310 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 311 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 312 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 313 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 314 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 315 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 316 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 317 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 318 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 319 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 320 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 321 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 322 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 323 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 324 UP = _core_.UP
 325 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 326 TOP = _core_.TOP
 327 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 328 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 329 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 330 WEST = _core_.WEST
 331 EAST = _core_.EAST
 332 ALL = _core_.ALL
 333 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 334 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 335 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 336 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 337 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 338 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 339 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 340 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 341 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 342 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 343 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 344 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 345 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 346 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 347 GROW = _core_.GROW
 348 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 349 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 350 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 351 TILE = _core_.TILE
 352 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 353 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 354 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 355 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 356 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 357 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 358 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 359 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 360 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 361 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 362 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 363 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 364 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 365 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 366 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 367 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 368 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 369 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 370 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 371 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 372 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 373 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 374 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 375 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 376 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 377 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 378 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 379 DOT = _core_.DOT
 380 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 381 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 382 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 383 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 384 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 385 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 386 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 387 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 388 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 389 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 390 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 391 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 392 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 393 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 394 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 395 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 396 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 397 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 398 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 399 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 400 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 401 XOR = _core_.XOR
 402 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 403 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 404 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 405 COPY = _core_.COPY
 406 AND = _core_.AND
 407 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 408 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 409 NOR = _core_.NOR
 410 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 411 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 412 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 413 NAND = _core_.NAND
 414 OR = _core_.OR
 415 SET = _core_.SET
 416 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 417 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 418 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 419 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 420 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 421 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 422 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 423 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 424 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 425 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 426 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 427 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 428 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 429 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 430 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 431 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 432 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 433 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 434 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 435 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 436 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 437 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 438 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 439 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 440 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 441 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 442 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 443 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 444 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 445 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 446 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 447 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 448 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 449 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 450 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 451 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 452 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 453 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 454 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 455 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 456 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 457 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 458 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 459 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 460 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 461 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 462 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 463 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 464 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 465 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 466 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 467 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 468 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 469 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 470 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 471 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 472 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 473 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 474 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 475 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 476 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 477 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 478 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 479 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 480 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 481 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 482 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 483 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 484 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 485 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 486 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 487 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 488 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 489 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 490 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 513 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 514 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 515 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 516 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 517 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 518 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 519 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 520 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 521 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 522 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 523 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 524 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 525 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 526 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 527 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 528 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 529 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 530 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 531 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 532 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 533 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 534 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 535 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 536 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 537 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 538 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 539 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 540 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 541 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 542 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 543 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 544 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 545 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 546 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 547 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 548 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 549 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 550 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 551 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 552 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 553 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 554 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 555 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 556 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 557 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 558 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 559 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 560 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 561 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 562 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 563 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 564 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 565 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 566 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 567 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 568 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 569 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 570 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 571 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 572 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 573 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 574 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 575 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 576 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 577 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 578 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 579 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 580 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 581 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 582 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 583 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 584 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 585 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 586 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 587 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 588 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 589 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 590 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 591 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 593 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 594 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 595 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 596 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 597 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 598 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 599 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 600 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 601 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 602 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 603 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 604 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 605 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 606 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 607 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 608 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 609 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 610 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 611 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 612 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 613 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 614 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 615 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 616 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 624 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 627 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 628 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 630 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 631 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 632 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 633 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 635 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 636 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 637 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 638 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 639 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 640 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 641 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 642 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 643 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 644 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 645 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 646 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 647 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 654 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 655 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 656 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 657 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 658 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 659 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 660 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 661 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 662 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 663 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 664 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 665 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 666 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 667 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 668 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 672 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 673 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 674 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 675 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 676 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 677 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 678 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 679 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 680 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 681 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 682 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 683 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 684 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 685 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 686 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 687 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 688 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 689 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 690 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 691 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 692 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 693 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 694 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 695 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 696 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 697
 698 class Object(object):
 699     """
 700     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 701     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 702     """
 703     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 704     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 705     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 706     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 707         """
 708         GetClassName(self) -> String
 709
 710         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 711         """
 712         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 713
 714     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 715         """
 716         Destroy(self)
 717
 718         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 719         """
 720         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 721         args[0].thisown = 0
 722         return val
 723
 724 Object_swigregister = _core_.Object_swigregister
 725 Object_swigregister(Object)
 726 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 727 cvar = _core_.cvar
 728 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 729
 730 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 731
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 750 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 751 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 752 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 753 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 754 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 755 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 756 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 757 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 758 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 759 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 760 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 761 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 762 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 763 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 764 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 765 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 766 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 767 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 768 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 769 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 770 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 771 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 772 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 773 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 774 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 775 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 776 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 777 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 778 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 779 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 780 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 781 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 782 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 783 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 784
 785 class Size(object):
 786     """
 787     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 788     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 789     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 790     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 791     """
 792     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 793     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 794     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 795     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 796     x = width; y = height
 797     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 798         """
 799         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 800
 801         Creates a size object.
 802         """
 803         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 804     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 805     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 806     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 807         """
 808         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 809
 810         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 811         """
 812         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 813
 814     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 815         """
 816         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 817
 818         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 819         """
 820         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 821
 822     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 823         """
 824         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 825
 826         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 827         """
 828         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 829
 830     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 831         """
 832         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 833
 834         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 835         """
 836         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 837
 838     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 839         """
 840         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 841
 842         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 843         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 844         """
 845         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """
 849         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 850
 851         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 852         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 853         """
 854         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 855
 856     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 857         """
 858         Set(self, int w, int h)
 859
 860         Set both width and height.
 861         """
 862         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 863
 864     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 865         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 866         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 867
 868     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 869         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 870         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 871
 872     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 873         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 874         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 875
 876     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 877         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 878         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 879
 880     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 881         """
 882         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 883
 884         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 885         """
 886         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """
 890         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 891
 892         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 893         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 894         """
 895         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 896
 897     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 898         """
 899         Get() -> (width,height)
 900
 901         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 902         """
 903         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 904
 905     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 906     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 907     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 908     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 909     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 910     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 911         if index == 0: self.width = val
 912         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 913         else: raise IndexError
 914     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 915     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 916     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 917
 918 Size_swigregister = _core_.Size_swigregister
 919 Size_swigregister(Size)
 920
 921 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 922
 923 class RealPoint(object):
 924     """
 925     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 926     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 927     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 928     """
 929     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 930     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 931     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 932     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 933     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 934         """
 935         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 936
 937         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 938         """
 939         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 940     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 941     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 942     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 943         """
 944         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 945
 946         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 947         """
 948         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 949
 950     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 951         """
 952         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 953
 954         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 955         """
 956         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 957
 958     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 959         """
 960         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 961
 962         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 963         """
 964         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 965
 966     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 967         """
 968         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 969
 970         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 971         """
 972         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 973
 974     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 975         """
 976         Set(self, double x, double y)
 977
 978         Set both the x and y properties
 979         """
 980         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 981
 982     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 983         """
 984         Get() -> (x,y)
 985
 986         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 987         """
 988         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 989
 990     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 991     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 992     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 993     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 994     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 995     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 996         if index == 0: self.x = val
 997         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 998         else: raise IndexError
 999     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1000     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1001     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1002
1003 RealPoint_swigregister = _core_.RealPoint_swigregister
1004 RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1005
1006 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1007
1008 class Point(object):
1009     """
1010     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1011     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1012     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1013     """
1014     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1015     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1016     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1017     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1018     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1019         """
1020         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1021
1022         Create a wx.Point object
1023         """
1024         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1025     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1026     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1027     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1028         """
1029         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1030
1031         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1032         """
1033         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1034
1035     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1036         """
1037         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1038
1039         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1040         """
1041         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1042
1043     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1044         """
1045         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1046
1047         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1048         """
1049         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1050
1051     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1052         """
1053         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1054
1055         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1056         """
1057         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1058
1059     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1060         """
1061         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1062
1063         Add pt to this object.
1064         """
1065         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1066
1067     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1068         """
1069         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1070
1071         Subtract pt from this object.
1072         """
1073         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1074
1075     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1076         """
1077         Set(self, long x, long y)
1078
1079         Set both the x and y properties
1080         """
1081         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1082
1083     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1084         """
1085         Get() -> (x,y)
1086
1087         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1088         """
1089         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1090
1091     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1092     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1093     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1094     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1095     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1096     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1097         if index == 0: self.x = val
1098         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1099         else: raise IndexError
1100     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1101     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1102     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1103
1104 Point_swigregister = _core_.Point_swigregister
1105 Point_swigregister(Point)
1106
1107 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 class Rect(object):
1110     """
1111     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1112     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1113     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1114     """
1115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1118         """
1119         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1120
1121         Create a new Rect object.
1122         """
1123         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1124     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1125     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1126     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1215         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1216         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1217
1218     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1219         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1220         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1221
1222     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1223         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1224         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1225
1226     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1227     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1228     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1229     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1230     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1231     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1232
1233     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1234         """
1235         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1236
1237         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1238
1239         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1240         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1241         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1242         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1243         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1244         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1245         direction.
1246
1247         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1248         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1249         first::
1250
1251             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1252             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1253
1254
1255         """
1256         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1257
1258     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1259         """
1260         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1261
1262         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1263         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1264         `Inflate` for a full description.
1265         """
1266         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1267
1268     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1269         """
1270         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1271
1272         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1273         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1274         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1275         """
1276         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1277
1278     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1279         """
1280         Offset(self, Point pt)
1281
1282         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1283         """
1284         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1285
1286     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1287         """
1288         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1289
1290         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1291         """
1292         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1293
1294     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1295         """
1296         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1297
1298         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1299         """
1300         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1301
1302     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1303         """
1304         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1305
1306         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1307         """
1308         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1309
1310     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1311         """
1312         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1313
1314         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1315         """
1316         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1317
1318     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1319         """
1320         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1321
1322         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1323         """
1324         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1325
1326     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1327         """
1328         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1329
1330         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1331         """
1332         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1333
1334     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1335         """
1336         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1337
1338         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1339         """
1340         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1341
1342     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1343         """
1344         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1345
1346         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1347         """
1348         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1349
1350     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1351         """
1352         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1353
1354         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1355         """
1356         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1357
1358     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1359         """
1360         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1361
1362         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1363         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1364         """
1365         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1366
1367     CentreIn = CenterIn
1368     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1369     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1370     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1371     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1372     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1373         """
1374         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1375
1376         Set all rectangle properties.
1377         """
1378         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1379
1380     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1381         """
1382         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1383
1384         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1385         """
1386         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1387
1388     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1389     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1390     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1391     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1392     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1393     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1394         if index == 0: self.x = val
1395         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1396         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1397         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1398         else: raise IndexError
1399     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1400     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1401     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1402
1403 Rect_swigregister = _core_.Rect_swigregister
1404 Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1405
1406 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1407     """
1408     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1409
1410     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1411     """
1412     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1413     return val
1414
1415 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1416     """
1417     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1418
1419     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1420     """
1421     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1422     return val
1423
1424 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1425     """
1426     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1427
1428     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1429     """
1430     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1431     return val
1432
1433
1434 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1435   """
1436     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1437
1438     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1439     """
1440   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1441 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1442
1443 class Point2D(object):
1444     """
1445     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1446     with floating point values.
1447     """
1448     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1449     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1450     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1451         """
1452         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1453
1454         Create a w.Point2D object.
1455         """
1456         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1457     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1458         """
1459         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1460
1461         Convert to integer
1462         """
1463         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1464
1465     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1466         """
1467         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1468
1469         Convert to integer
1470         """
1471         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1472
1473     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1474         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1475         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1476
1477     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1478         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1479         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1480
1481     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1482         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1483         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1484
1485     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1486         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1487         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1488
1489     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1490         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1491         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1492     def Normalize(self):
1493         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1494
1495     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1496         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1497         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1498
1499     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1500         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1501         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1502
1503     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1504         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1505         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1506
1507     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1508         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1509         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1510
1511     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1512         """
1513         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1514
1515         the reflection of this point
1516         """
1517         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1518
1519     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1520         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1521         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1522
1523     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1524         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1525         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1526
1527     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1528         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1529         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1530
1531     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1532         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1533         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1534
1535     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1536         """
1537         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1538
1539         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1540         """
1541         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1542
1543     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1544         """
1545         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1546
1547         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1548         """
1549         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1550
1551     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1552     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1553     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1554         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1555         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1556
1557     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1558         """
1559         Get() -> (x,y)
1560
1561         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1562         """
1563         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1564
1565     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1566     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1567     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1568     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1569     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1570     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1571         if index == 0: self.x = val
1572         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1573         else: raise IndexError
1574     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1575     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1576     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1577
1578 Point2D_swigregister = _core_.Point2D_swigregister
1579 Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1580
1581 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1582     """
1583     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1584
1585     Create a w.Point2D object.
1586     """
1587     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1588     return val
1589
1590 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1591     """
1592     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1593
1594     Create a w.Point2D object.
1595     """
1596     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1597     return val
1598
1599 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1600
1601 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1602 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1603 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1604 class InputStream(object):
1605     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1606     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1607     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1608     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1609         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1610         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1611     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1612     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1613     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1614         """close(self)"""
1615         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1616
1617     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1618         """flush(self)"""
1619         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1620
1621     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1622         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1623         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1624
1625     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1626         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1627         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1628
1629     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1630         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1631         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1632
1633     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1634         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1635         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1636
1637     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1638         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1639         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1640
1641     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1642         """tell(self) -> int"""
1643         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1644
1645     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1646         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1647         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1648
1649     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1650         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1651         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1652
1653     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1654         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1655         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1656
1657     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1658         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1659         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1660
1661     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1662         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1663         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1664
1665     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1666         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1667         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1668
1669     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1670         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1671         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1672
1673     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1674         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1675         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1676
1677 InputStream_swigregister = _core_.InputStream_swigregister
1678 InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1679 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1680 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1681
1682 class OutputStream(object):
1683     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1684     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1685     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1686     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1687     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1688         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1689         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1690
1691     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1692         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1693         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1694
1695 OutputStream_swigregister = _core_.OutputStream_swigregister
1696 OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1697
1698 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1699
1700 class FSFile(Object):
1701     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1702     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1704     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1705         """
1706         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1707             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1708         """
1709         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1710         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1711
1712     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1713     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1714     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1715         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1716         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1717
1718     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1719         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1720         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1721
1722     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1723         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1724         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1725
1726     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1727         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1728         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1729
1730     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1731         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1732         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1733
1734 FSFile_swigregister = _core_.FSFile_swigregister
1735 FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1736
1737 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1738     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1739     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1740     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1741     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1742     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1743     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1744 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister
1745 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1746
1747 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1748     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1749     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1750     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1751     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1752         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1753         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1754         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1755
1756     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1757         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1758         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1759
1760     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1761         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1762         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1763
1764     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1765         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1766         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1767
1768     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1769         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1770         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1771
1772     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1773         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1774         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1775
1776     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1777         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1778         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1779
1780     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1781         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1782         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1783
1784     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1785         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1786         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1787
1788     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1790         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1793         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1794         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1795
1796 FileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister
1797 FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1798
1799 class FileSystem(Object):
1800     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1801     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1802     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1803     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1804         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1805         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1806     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1807     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1808     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1809         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1810         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1811
1812     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1813         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1814         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1815
1816     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1817         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1818         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1819
1820     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1821         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1822         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1823
1824     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1825         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1826         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1827
1828     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1829         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1830         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1831
1832     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1833     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1834         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1835         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1836
1837     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1838     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1840         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1843     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1844         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1845         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1846
1847     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1848 FileSystem_swigregister = _core_.FileSystem_swigregister
1849 FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1850
1851 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1852   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1853   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1854
1855 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1856   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1857   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1858
1859 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1860   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1861   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1862
1863 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1864   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1865   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1866
1867 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1868     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1869     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1870     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1871     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1872         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1873         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1874     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1875         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1876         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1877
1878     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1879         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1880         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1881
1882 InternetFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister
1883 InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1884
1885 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1886     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1887     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1888     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1889     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1890         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1891         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1892     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1893         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1894         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1895
1896     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1897         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1898         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1899
1900     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1901         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1902         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1903
1904     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1905         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1906         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1907
1908 ZipFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister
1909 ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1910
1911
1912 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1913   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1914   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1915
1916 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1917   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1918   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1919
1920 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1921   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1922   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1923 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1924     """
1925     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1926     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1927     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1928     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1929     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1930     """
1931     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1932         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1933     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1934         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1935     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1936         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1937     else:
1938         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1939
1940 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1941     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1942     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1943     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1944     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1945         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1946         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1947     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1948         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1949         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1950
1951     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1952     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1953     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1954         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1955         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1956
1957     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1958         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1959         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1960
1961     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1962         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1963         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1964
1965     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1966         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1967         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1968
1969 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister
1970 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1971
1972 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1973   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1974   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1975
1976 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1977 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1978 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1979 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1980
1981 class ImageHandler(Object):
1982     """
1983     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1984     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1985     normally seen by the application.
1986     """
1987     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1988     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1989     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1990     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1991         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1992         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1993
1994     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1995         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1996         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1997
1998     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1999         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2000         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2001
2002     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2003         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2004         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2005
2006     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2007         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2008         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2009
2010     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2011         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2012         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2013
2014     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2015         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2016         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2017
2018     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2019         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2020         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2021
2022     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2023         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2024         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2025
2026 ImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister
2027 ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2028
2029 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2030     """
2031     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2032     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2033     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2034     the following methods::
2035
2036         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2037             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2038
2039         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2040             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2041
2042         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2043             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2044                this handler's image file format.'''
2045
2046         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2047             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2048                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2049
2050     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2051     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2052     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2053
2054     """
2055     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2056     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2057     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2058         """
2059         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2060
2061         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2062         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2063         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2064         the following methods::
2065
2066             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2067                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2068
2069             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2070                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2071
2072             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2073                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2074                    this handler's image file format.'''
2075
2076             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2077                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2078                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2079
2080         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2081         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2082         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2083
2084         """
2085         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2086         self._SetSelf(self)
2087
2088     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2089         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2090         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2091
2092 PyImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister
2093 PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2094
2095 class ImageHistogram(object):
2096     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2097     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2099     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2100         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2101         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2102     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2103         """
2104         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2105
2106         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2107         """
2108         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2109
2110     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2111     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2112         """
2113         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2114
2115         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2116         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2117         success flag and rgb values.
2118         """
2119         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2120
2121     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2122         """
2123         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2124
2125         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2126         key value from a RGB tripple.
2127         """
2128         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2129
2130     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2131         """
2132         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2133
2134         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2135         """
2136         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2137
2138     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2139         """
2140         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2141
2142         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2143         """
2144         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2145
2146 ImageHistogram_swigregister = _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister
2147 ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2148
2149 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2150   """
2151     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2152
2153     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2154     """
2155   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2156
2157 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2158     """
2159     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2160     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2161     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2162     color space.
2163     """
2164     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2165     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2166     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2167         """
2168         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2169
2170         Constructor.
2171         """
2172         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2173     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2174     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2175     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2176 Image_RGBValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister
2177 Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2178
2179 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2180     """
2181     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2182     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2183     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2184     color space.
2185     """
2186     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2187     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2188     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2189         """
2190         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2191
2192         Constructor.
2193         """
2194         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2195     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2196     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2197     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2198 Image_HSVValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister
2199 Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2200
2201 class Image(Object):
2202     """
2203     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2204     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2205     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2206     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2207
2208     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2209     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2210     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2211     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2212
2213     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2214     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2215     bitmap object.
2216
2217     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2218     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2219     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2220     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2221     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2222
2223     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2224     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2225     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2226     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2227     """
2228     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2229     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2230     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2231         """
2232         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2233
2234         Loads an image from a file.
2235         """
2236         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2237     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2238     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2239     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2240         """
2241         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2242
2243         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2244         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2245         """
2246         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2247
2248     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2249         """
2250         Destroy(self)
2251
2252         Destroys the image data.
2253         """
2254         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2255         args[0].thisown = 0
2256         return val
2257
2258     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2259         """
2260         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2261
2262         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2263         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2264         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2265         """
2266         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2267
2268     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2269         """
2270         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2271
2272         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2273         """
2274         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2275
2276     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2277         """
2278         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2279
2280         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2281         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2282
2283         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2284         """
2285         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2286
2287     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2288         """
2289         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2290
2291         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2292         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2293         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2294         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2295         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2296         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2297         newly exposed areas.
2298
2299         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2300         """
2301         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2302
2303     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2304         """
2305         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2306
2307         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2308         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2309         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2310         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2311         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2312         """
2313         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2314
2315     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2316         """
2317         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2318
2319         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2320         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2321         safe way to manipulate the data.
2322         """
2323         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2324
2325     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2326         """
2327         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2328
2329         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2330         """
2331         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2332
2333     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2334         """
2335         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2336
2337         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2338         """
2339         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2340
2341     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2342         """
2343         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2344
2345         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2346         """
2347         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """
2351         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2352
2353         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2354         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2355         for this.
2356         """
2357         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2358
2359     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2360         """
2361         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2362
2363         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2364         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2365         this.
2366
2367         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2368         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2369         the fully opaque pixels.
2370         """
2371         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2372
2373     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2374         """
2375         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2376
2377         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2378         """
2379         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2380
2381     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2382         """
2383         InitAlpha(self)
2384
2385         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2386         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2387         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2388         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2389         """
2390         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2391
2392     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2393         """
2394         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2395
2396         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2397         than the spcified threshold.
2398         """
2399         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2400
2401     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2402         """
2403         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2404
2405         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2406         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2407         success flag and rgb values.
2408         """
2409         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2410
2411     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2412         """
2413         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2414
2415         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2416         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2417         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2418         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2419
2420         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2421         nothing.
2422         """
2423         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2424
2425     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2426         """
2427         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2428
2429         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2430         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2431         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2432         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2433         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2434         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2435         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2436         """
2437         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2438
2439     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2440         """
2441         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2442
2443         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2444         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2445         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2446         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2447         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2448
2449         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2450         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2451         mask was successfully applied.
2452
2453         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2454         computationally intensive operation.
2455         """
2456         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2457
2458     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2459         """
2460         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2461
2462         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2463         """
2464         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2465
2466     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2467     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2468         """
2469         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2470
2471         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2472         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2473         the number of available images.
2474         """
2475         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2476
2477     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2478     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2479         """
2480         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2481
2482         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2483         library will try to autodetect the format.
2484         """
2485         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2486
2487     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2488         """
2489         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2490
2491         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2492         string.
2493         """
2494         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2495
2496     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2497         """
2498         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2499
2500         Saves an image in the named file.
2501         """
2502         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2503
2504     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2505         """
2506         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2507
2508         Saves an image in the named file.
2509         """
2510         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2511
2512     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2513         """
2514         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2515
2516         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2517         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2518         object.
2519         """
2520         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2521
2522     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2523     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2524         """
2525         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2526
2527         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2528         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2529         autodetect the format.
2530         """
2531         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2532
2533     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2534         """
2535         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2536
2537         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2538         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2539         """
2540         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2541
2542     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2543         """
2544         Ok(self) -> bool
2545
2546         Returns true if image data is present.
2547         """
2548         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2549
2550     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2551         """
2552         GetWidth(self) -> int
2553
2554         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2555         """
2556         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2557
2558     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2559         """
2560         GetHeight(self) -> int
2561
2562         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2563         """
2564         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2565
2566     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2567         """
2568         GetSize(self) -> Size
2569
2570         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2571         """
2572         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2573
2574     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2575         """
2576         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2577
2578         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2579         entirely to the image.
2580         """
2581         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2582
2583     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2584         """
2585         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2586
2587         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2588         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2589         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2590         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2591         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2592         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2593         newly exposed areas.
2594         """
2595         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2596
2597     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2598         """
2599         Copy(self) -> Image
2600
2601         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2602         """
2603         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2604
2605     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2606         """
2607         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2608
2609         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2610         and any out of bounds problems.
2611         """
2612         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2613
2614     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2615         """
2616         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2617
2618         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2619         """
2620         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2621
2622     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2623         """
2624         SetData(self, buffer data)
2625
2626         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2627         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2628         the data must be width*height*3.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2633         """
2634         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2635
2636         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2637         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2638         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """
2644         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2645
2646         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2647         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2648         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2649         """
2650         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2651
2652     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2653         """
2654         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2655
2656         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2657         """
2658         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2659
2660     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2661         """
2662         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2663
2664         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2665         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2666         data must be width*height.
2667         """
2668         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2669
2670     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2671         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2672         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2673
2674     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2675         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2676         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2677
2678     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2679         """
2680         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2681
2682         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2683         mask).
2684         """
2685         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2686
2687     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2688         """
2689         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2690
2691         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2692         """
2693         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2694
2695     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2696         """
2697         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2698
2699         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2700         """
2701         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2702
2703     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2704         """
2705         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2706
2707         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2708         """
2709         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2710
2711     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2712         """
2713         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2714
2715         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2716         """
2717         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2718
2719     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2720         """
2721         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2722
2723         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2724         determined by the current mask colour.
2725         """
2726         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2727
2728     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2729         """
2730         HasMask(self) -> bool
2731
2732         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2733         """
2734         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2735
2736     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2737         """
2738         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2739             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2740
2741         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2742         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2743         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2744         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2745         will be used as the fill colour.
2746
2747         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2748         """
2749         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2750
2751     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2752         """
2753         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2754
2755         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2756         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2757         """
2758         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2759
2760     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2761         """
2762         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2763
2764         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2765         indicates the orientation.
2766         """
2767         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2768
2769     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2770         """
2771         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2772
2773         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2774         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2775         """
2776         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2777
2778     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2779         """
2780         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2781
2782         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2783         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2784         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2785         """
2786         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2787
2788     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2789         """
2790         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2791
2792         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2793         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2794         colour everywhere else.
2795         """
2796         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2797
2798     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2799         """
2800         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2801
2802         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2803         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2804         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2805         """
2806         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2807
2808     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2809         """
2810         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2811
2812         Sets an image option as an integer.
2813         """
2814         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2815
2816     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2817         """
2818         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2819
2820         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2821         """
2822         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2823
2824     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2825         """
2826         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2827
2828         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2829         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2830         """
2831         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2832
2833     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2834         """
2835         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2836
2837         Returns true if the given option is present.
2838         """
2839         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2840
2841     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2842         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2843         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2844
2845     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2846         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2847         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2848
2849     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2850         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2851         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2852
2853     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2854     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2855         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2856         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2857
2858     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2859     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2860         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2861         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2862
2863     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2864     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2865         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2866         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2867
2868     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2869     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2870         """
2871         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2872
2873         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2874         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2875         dialog boxes.
2876         """
2877         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2878
2879     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2880     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2881         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2882         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2883
2884     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2885         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2886         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2887
2888     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2889         """
2890         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2891
2892         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2893         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2894         """
2895         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2896
2897     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2898         """
2899         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2900
2901         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2902         """
2903         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2904
2905     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2906     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2907         """
2908         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2909
2910         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2911         """
2912         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2913
2914     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2915     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2916 Image_swigregister = _core_.Image_swigregister
2917 Image_swigregister(Image)
2918
2919 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2920     """
2921     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2922
2923     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2924     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2925     """
2926     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2927     return val
2928
2929 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2930     """
2931     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2932
2933     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2934     object.
2935     """
2936     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2937     return val
2938
2939 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2940     """
2941     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2942
2943     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2944     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2945     """
2946     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2947     return val
2948
2949 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2950     """
2951     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2952
2953     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2954     pixels to black.
2955     """
2956     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2957     return val
2958
2959 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2960     """
2961     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2962
2963     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2964     """
2965     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2966     return val
2967
2968 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2969     """
2970     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2971
2972     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2973     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2974     must be width*height*3.
2975     """
2976     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2977     return val
2978
2979 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2980     """
2981     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2982
2983     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2984     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2985     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2986     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2987     """
2988     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2989     return val
2990
2991 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2992   """
2993     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2994
2995     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2996     """
2997   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2998
2999 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3000   """
3001     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3002
3003     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3004     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3005     the number of available images.
3006     """
3007   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3008
3009 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3010   """
3011     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3012
3013     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3014     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3015     object.
3016     """
3017   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3018
3019 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3020   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3021   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3022
3023 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3024   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3025   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3026
3027 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3028   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3029   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3030
3031 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3032   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3033   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3034
3035 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3036   """
3037     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3038
3039     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3040     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3041     dialog boxes.
3042     """
3043   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3044
3045 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3046   """
3047     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3048
3049     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3050     """
3051   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3052
3053 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3054   """
3055     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3056
3057     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3058     """
3059   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3060
3061 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3062     """
3063     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3064     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3065     """
3066     pass
3067
3068 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3069 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3070 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3071 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3072 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3073 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3074 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3075 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3076 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3077 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3078 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3079 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3080 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3081 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3082 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3083     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3084     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3085     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3086     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3087         """
3088         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3089
3090         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3091         """
3092         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3093 BMPHandler_swigregister = _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister
3094 BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3095 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3096 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3097 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3098 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3099 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3100 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3101 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3102 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3103 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3104 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3105 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3106 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3107 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3108 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3109 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3110 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3111
3112 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3113     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3117         """
3118         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3119
3120         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3121         """
3122         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3123 ICOHandler_swigregister = _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister
3124 ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3125
3126 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3127     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3128     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3129     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3130     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3131         """
3132         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3133
3134         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3135         """
3136         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3137 CURHandler_swigregister = _core_.CURHandler_swigregister
3138 CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3139
3140 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3141     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3142     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3143     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3144     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3145         """
3146         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3147
3148         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3149         """
3150         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3151 ANIHandler_swigregister = _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister
3152 ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3153
3154 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3155     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3156     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3157     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3158     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3159         """
3160         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3161
3162         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3163         """
3164         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3165 PNGHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister
3166 PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3167
3168 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3169     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3170     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3171     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3172     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3173         """
3174         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3175
3176         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3177         """
3178         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3179 GIFHandler_swigregister = _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister
3180 GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3181
3182 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3183     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3184     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3185     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3186     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3187         """
3188         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3189
3190         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3191         """
3192         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3193 PCXHandler_swigregister = _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister
3194 PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3195
3196 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3197     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3198     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3199     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3200     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3201         """
3202         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3203
3204         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3205         """
3206         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3207 JPEGHandler_swigregister = _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister
3208 JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3209
3210 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3211     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3212     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3213     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3214     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3215         """
3216         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3217
3218         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3219         """
3220         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3221 PNMHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister
3222 PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3223
3224 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3225     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3226     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3227     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3228     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3229         """
3230         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3231
3232         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3233         """
3234         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3235 XPMHandler_swigregister = _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister
3236 XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3237
3238 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3239     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3240     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3241     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3242     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3243         """
3244         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3245
3246         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3247         """
3248         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3249 TIFFHandler_swigregister = _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister
3250 TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3251
3252 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3253 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3254 class Quantize(object):
3255     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3256     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3257     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3258     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3259     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3260         """
3261         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3262
3263         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3264         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3265         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3266         """
3267         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3268
3269     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3270 Quantize_swigregister = _core_.Quantize_swigregister
3271 Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3272
3273 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3274   """
3275     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3276
3277     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3278     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3279     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3280     """
3281   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3282
3283 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3284
3285 class EvtHandler(Object):
3286     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3287     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3288     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3289     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3290         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3291         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3292     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3293         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3294         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3295
3296     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3297         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3298         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3299
3300     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3301         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3302         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3303
3304     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3305         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3306         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3307
3308     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3309         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3310         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3311
3312     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3313         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3314         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3315
3316     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3317         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3318         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3319
3320     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3321         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3322         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3323
3324     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3325         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3326         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3327
3328     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3329         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3330         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3331
3332     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3333         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3334         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3335
3336     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3337         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3338         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3339         args[0].thisown = 0
3340         return val
3341
3342     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3343         """
3344         Bind an event to an event handler.
3345
3346         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3347                       type of event to bind,
3348
3349         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3350                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3351                       disconnect an event handler.
3352
3353         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3354                       different window than self, but you still
3355                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3356                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3357                       passing the source of the event, the event
3358                       handling system is able to differentiate
3359                       between the same event type from different
3360                       controls.
3361
3362         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3363                    of instance.
3364
3365         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3366                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3367         """
3368         if source is not None:
3369             id  = source.GetId()
3370         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3371
3372     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3373         """
3374         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3375         Returns True if successful.
3376         """
3377         if source is not None:
3378             id  = source.GetId()
3379         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3380
3381 EvtHandler_swigregister = _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister
3382 EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3383
3384 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3385
3386 class PyEventBinder(object):
3387     """
3388     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3389     handlers.
3390     """
3391     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3392         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3393             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3394         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3395
3396         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3397             self.evtType = evtType
3398         else:
3399             self.evtType = [evtType]
3400
3401
3402     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3403         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3404         for et in self.evtType:
3405             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3406
3407
3408     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3409         """Remove an event binding."""
3410         success = 0
3411         for et in self.evtType:
3412             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3413         return success != 0
3414
3415
3416     def __call__(self, *args):
3417         """
3418         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3419         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3420         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3421         type of the event.
3422         """
3423         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3424         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3425         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3426         target = args[0]
3427         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3428             func = args[1]
3429         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3430             id1 = args[1]
3431             func = args[2]
3432         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3433             id1 = args[1]
3434             id2 = args[2]
3435             func = args[3]
3436         else:
3437             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3438
3439         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3440
3441
3442 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3443 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3444     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3445 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3446     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3447
3448
3449 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3450
3451 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3452
3453 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3454 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3455
3456 def NewEventType(*args):
3457   """NewEventType() -> wxEventType"""
3458   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3459 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3460 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3461 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3462 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3463 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3464 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3465 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3466 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3467 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3468 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3469 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3470 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3471 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3472 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3473 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3474 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3475 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3476 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3477 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3478 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3479 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3480 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3481 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3482 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3483 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3484 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3485 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3486 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3487 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3488 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3489 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3490 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3491 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3492 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3493 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3494 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3495 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3496 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3497 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3498 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3499 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3500 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3501 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3502 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3503 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3504 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3505 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3506 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3507 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3508 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3509 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3510 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3511 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3512 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3513 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3514 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3515 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3516 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3517 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3518 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3519 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3520 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3521 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3522 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3523 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3524 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3525 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3526 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3527 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3528 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3529 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3530 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3531 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3532 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3533 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3534 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3535 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3536 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3537 wxEVT_POWER = _core_.wxEVT_POWER
3538 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3539 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3540 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3541 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3542 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3543 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3544 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3545 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3546 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3547 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3548 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3549 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3550 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3551 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3552 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3553 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3554 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3555 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3556 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3557 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3558 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3559 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3560 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3561 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3562 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3563 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3564 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3565 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3566 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3567 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3568 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3569 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3570 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3571 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3572 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3573 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3574 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3575 #
3576 # Create some event binders
3577 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3578 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3579 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3580 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3581 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3582 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3583 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3584 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3585 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3586 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3587 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3588 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3589 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3590 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3591 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3592 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3593 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3594 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3595 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3596 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3597 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3598 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3599 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3600 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3601 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3602 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3603 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3604 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3605 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3606 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3607 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3608 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3609 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3610 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3611 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3612 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3613 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3614 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3615 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3616 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3617 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3618
3619 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3620 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3621 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3622 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3623 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3624 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3625 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3626 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3627 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3628 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3629 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3630 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3631 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3632
3633 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3634                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3635                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3636                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3637                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3638                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3639                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3640                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3641                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3642                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3643                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3644                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3645                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3646                                      ])
3647
3648
3649 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3650 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3651                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3652                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3653                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3654                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3655                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3656                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3657                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3658                                   ])
3659
3660 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3661 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3662 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3663 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3664 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3665 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3666 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3667 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3668
3669 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3670 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3671                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3672                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3673                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3674                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3675                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3676                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3677                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3678                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3679                                ])
3680
3681 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3682 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3683 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3684 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3685 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3686 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3687 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3688 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3689 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3690 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3691
3692 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3693 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3694                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3695                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3696                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3697                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3698                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3699                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3700                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3701                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3702                                        ], 1)
3703
3704 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3705 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3706 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3707 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3708 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3709 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3710 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3711 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3712 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3713 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3714
3715 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3716 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3717 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3718 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3719 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3720 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3721 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3722 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3723 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3724 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3725
3726 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3727 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3728 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3729 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3730 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3731 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3732 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3733 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3734 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3735
3736
3737 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3738 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3739 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3740 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3741 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3742 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3743 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3744
3745 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3746
3747 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3748 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3749
3750 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3751
3752
3753
3754 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3755
3756 class Event(Object):
3757     """
3758     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3759     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3760     other event classes
3761     """
3762     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3763     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3764     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3765     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3766     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3767     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3768         """
3769         SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ)
3770
3771         Sets the specific type of the event.
3772         """
3773         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3774
3775     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3776         """
3777         GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType
3778
3779         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3780         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3781         """
3782         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3783
3784     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3785         """
3786         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3787
3788         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3789         any.
3790         """
3791         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3792
3793     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3794         """
3795         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3796
3797         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3798         object that is sending the event.
3799         """
3800         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3801
3802     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3803         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3804         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3805
3806     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3807         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3808         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3809
3810     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3811         """
3812         GetId(self) -> int
3813
3814         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3815         command id.
3816         """
3817         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3818
3819     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3820         """
3821         SetId(self, int Id)
3822
3823         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3824         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3825         item, etc.
3826         """
3827         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3828
3829     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3830         """
3831         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3832
3833         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3834         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3835         """
3836         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3837
3838     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3839         """
3840         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3841
3842         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3843         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3844         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3845         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3846         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3847         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3848         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3849
3850         """
3851         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3852
3853     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3854         """
3855         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3856
3857         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3858         :see: `Skip`
3859         """
3860         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3861
3862     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3863         """
3864         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3865
3866         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3867         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3868         """
3869         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3870
3871     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3872         """
3873         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3874
3875         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3876         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3877         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3878         """
3879         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3880
3881     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3882         """
3883         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3884
3885         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3886         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3887         `StopPropagation`.)
3888
3889         """
3890         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3891
3892     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3893         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3894         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3895
3896 Event_swigregister = _core_.Event_swigregister
3897 Event_swigregister(Event)
3898
3899 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3900
3901 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3902     """
3903     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3904     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3905     propogation of the event will be restored.
3906     """
3907     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3908     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3909     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3910         """
3911         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3912
3913         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3914         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3915         propogation of the event will be restored.
3916         """
3917         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3918     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3919     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3920 PropagationDisabler_swigregister = _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister
3921 PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3922
3923 class PropagateOnce(object):
3924     """
3925     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3926     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3927     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3928     """
3929     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3930     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3931     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3932         """
3933         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3934
3935         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3936         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3937         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3938         """
3939         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3940     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3941     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3942 PropagateOnce_swigregister = _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister
3943 PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3944
3945 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3946
3947 class CommandEvent(Event):
3948     """
3949     This event class contains information about command events, which
3950     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3951     toolbars.
3952     """
3953     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3954     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3955     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3956         """
3957         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3958
3959         This event class contains information about command events, which
3960         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3961         toolbars.
3962         """
3963         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3964     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3965         """
3966         GetSelection(self) -> int
3967
3968         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3969         for a deselection).
3970         """
3971         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3972
3973     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3974         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3975         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3976
3977     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3978         """
3979         GetString(self) -> String
3980
3981         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3982         for a deselection).
3983         """
3984         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3985
3986     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3987         """
3988         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3989
3990         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3991         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3992         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3993         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3994         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3995         """
3996         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3997
3998     Checked = IsChecked
3999     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4000         """
4001         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4002
4003         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4004         false if it is a deselection.
4005         """
4006         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4007
4008     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4009         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4010         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4011
4012     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4013         """
4014         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4015
4016         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4017         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4018         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4019         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4020         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4021         listbox must be examined by the application.
4022         """
4023         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4024
4025     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4026         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4027         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4028
4029     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4030         """
4031         GetInt(self) -> long
4032
4033         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4034         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4035         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4036         """
4037         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4038
4039     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4040         """
4041         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4042
4043         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4044         """
4045         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4046
4047     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4048         """
4049         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4050
4051         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4052         """
4053         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4054
4055     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4056     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4057
4058     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4059         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4060         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4061
4062 CommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister
4063 CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4064
4065 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4066
4067 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4068     """
4069     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4070     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4071     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4072     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4073     """
4074     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4075     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4076     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4077         """
4078         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4079
4080         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4081         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4082         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4083         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4084         """
4085         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4086     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4087         """
4088         Veto(self)
4089
4090         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4091
4092         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4093         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4094         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4095         """
4096         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4097
4098     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4099         """
4100         Allow(self)
4101
4102         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4103         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4104         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4105         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4106         """
4107         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4108
4109     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4110         """
4111         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4112
4113         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4114         false otherwise (if it was).
4115         """
4116         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4117
4118 NotifyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister
4119 NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4120
4121 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4122
4123 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4124     """
4125     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4126     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4127     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4128     instead.
4129     """
4130     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4131     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4132     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4133         """
4134         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4135             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4136         """
4137         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4138     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4139         """
4140         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4141
4142         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4143         the scrollbar.
4144         """
4145         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4146
4147     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4148         """
4149         GetPosition(self) -> int
4150
4151         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4152         """
4153         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4154
4155     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4156         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4157         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4158
4159     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4160         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4161         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4162
4163 ScrollEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister
4164 ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4165
4166 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4167
4168 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4169     """
4170     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4171     scrolling windows.
4172     """
4173     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4174     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4175     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4176         """
4177         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4178
4179         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4180         scrolling windows.
4181         """
4182         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4183     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4184         """
4185         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4186
4187         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4188         the scrollbar.
4189         """
4190         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4191
4192     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4193         """
4194         GetPosition(self) -> int
4195
4196         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4197         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4198         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4199         """
4200         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4201
4202     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4203         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4204         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4205
4206     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4207         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4208         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4209
4210 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister
4211 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4212
4213 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4214
4215 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4216 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4217 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4218 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4219 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4220 class MouseEvent(Event):
4221     """
4222     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4223     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4224     mouse move events.
4225
4226     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4227     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4228     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4229     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4230     events from it.
4231
4232     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4233     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4234     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4235     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4236     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4237     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4238     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4239     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4240     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4241     """
4242     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4243     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4244     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4245         """
4246         __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4247
4248         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4249
4250             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4251             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4252             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4253             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4254             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4255             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4256             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4257             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4258             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4259             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4260             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4261             * wxEVT_MOTION
4262             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4263         """
4264         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4265     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4266         """
4267         IsButton(self) -> bool
4268
4269         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4270         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4271         """
4272         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4273
4274     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4275         """
4276         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4277
4278         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4279         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4280         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4281         values).
4282         """
4283         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4284
4285     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4286         """
4287         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4288
4289         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4290         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4291         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4292         values).
4293         """
4294         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4295
4296     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4297         """
4298         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4299
4300         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4301         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4302         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4303         """
4304         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4305
4306     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4307         """
4308         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4309
4310         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4311         values of button are:
4312
4313              ====================      =====================================
4314              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4315              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4316              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4317              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4318              ====================      =====================================
4319
4320         """
4321         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4322
4323     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4324         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4325         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4326
4327     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4328         """
4329         GetButton(self) -> int
4330
4331         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4332         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4333         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4334         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4335         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4336         right buttons respectively.
4337         """
4338         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4339
4340     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4341         """
4342         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4343
4344         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4345         """
4346         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4347
4348     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4349         """
4350         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4351
4352         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4353         """
4354         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4355
4356     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4357         """
4358         AltDown(self) -> bool
4359
4360         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4361         """
4362         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4363
4364     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4365         """
4366         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4367
4368         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4369         """
4370         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4371
4372     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4373         """
4374         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4375
4376         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4377         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4378         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4379         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4380         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4381         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4382         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4383         """
4384         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4385
4386     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4387         """
4388         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4389
4390         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4391         """
4392         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4393
4394     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4395         """
4396         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4397
4398         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4399         """
4400         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4401
4402     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4403         """
4404         RightDown(self) -> bool
4405
4406         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4407         """
4408         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4409
4410     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4411         """
4412         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4413
4414         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4415         """
4416         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4417
4418     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4419         """
4420         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4421
4422         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4423         """
4424         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4425
4426     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4427         """
4428         RightUp(self) -> bool
4429
4430         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4431         """
4432         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4433
4434     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4435         """
4436         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4437
4438         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4439         """
4440         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4441
4442     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4443         """
4444         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4445
4446         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4447         """
4448         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4449
4450     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4451         """
4452         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4453
4454         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4455         """
4456         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4457
4458     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4459         """
4460         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4461
4462         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4463         of the current event type.
4464
4465         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4466         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4467         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4468
4469         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4470         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4471         dragging the mouse.
4472         """
4473         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4474
4475     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4476         """
4477         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4478
4479         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4480         of the current event type.
4481         """
4482         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4483
4484     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4485         """
4486         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4487
4488         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4489         of the current event type.
4490         """
4491         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4492
4493     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4494         """
4495         Dragging(self) -> bool
4496
4497         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4498         depressed).
4499         """
4500         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4501
4502     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4503         """
4504         Moving(self) -> bool
4505
4506         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4507         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4508         false and Dragging returns true.
4509         """
4510         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4511
4512     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4513         """
4514         Entering(self) -> bool
4515
4516         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4517         """
4518         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4519
4520     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4521         """
4522         Leaving(self) -> bool
4523
4524         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4525         """
4526         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4527
4528     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4529         """
4530         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4531
4532         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4533         event happened.
4534         """
4535         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4536
4537     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4538         """
4539         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4540
4541         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4542         event happened.
4543         """
4544         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4545
4546     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4547         """
4548         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4549
4550         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4551         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4552         that the window has been scrolled).
4553         """
4554         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4555
4556     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4557         """
4558         GetX(self) -> int
4559
4560         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4561         """
4562         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4563
4564     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4565         """
4566         GetY(self) -> int
4567
4568         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4569         """
4570         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4571
4572     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4573         """
4574         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4575
4576         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4577         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4578         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4579         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4580         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4581         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4582         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4583         """
4584         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4585
4586     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4587         """
4588         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4589
4590         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4591         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4592         should occur for each delta.
4593         """
4594         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4595
4596     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4597         """
4598         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4599
4600         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4601         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4602         """
4603         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4604
4605     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4606         """
4607         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4608
4609         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4610         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4611         """
4612         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4613
4614     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4615     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4616     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4617     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4618     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4619     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4620     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4621     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4622     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4623     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4624     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4625     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4626 MouseEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister
4627 MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4628
4629 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4630
4631 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4632     """
4633     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4634     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4635     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4636     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4637     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4638     """
4639     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4640     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4641     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4642         """
4643         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4644
4645         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4646         """
4647         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4648     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4649         """
4650         GetX(self) -> int
4651
4652         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4653         """
4654         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4655
4656     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4657         """
4658         GetY(self) -> int
4659
4660         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4661         """
4662         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4663
4664     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4665         """
4666         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4667
4668         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4669         """
4670         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4671
4672     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4673         """
4674         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4675
4676         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4677         """
4678         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4679
4680     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4681         """
4682         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4683
4684         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4685         """
4686         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4687
4688 SetCursorEvent_swigregister = _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister
4689 SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4690
4691 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4692
4693 class KeyEvent(Event):
4694     """
4695     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4696     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4697     the keyboard focus.
4698
4699     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4700     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4701     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4702     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4703     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4704     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4705     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4706     corresponding to each down one.
4707
4708     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4709     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4710     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4711     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4712     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4713     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4714     example.
4715
4716     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4717     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4718     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4719     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4720     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4721     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4722     well.
4723
4724     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4725     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4726     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4727     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4728     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4729     by the system itself.
4730
4731     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4732     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4733     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4734     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4735
4736     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4737     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4738     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4739     focus.
4740
4741     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4742     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4743     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4744     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4745
4746     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4747     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4748     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4749     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4750
4751     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4752     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4753     work under Windows.
4754
4755     """
4756     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4757     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4758     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4759         """
4760         __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4761
4762         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4763             *
4764         """
4765         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4766     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4767         """
4768         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4769
4770         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4771         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4772         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4773         example::
4774
4775             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4776                 DoSomething()
4777
4778         """
4779         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4780
4781     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4782         """
4783         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4784
4785         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4786         """
4787         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4788
4789     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4790         """
4791         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4792
4793         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4794         """
4795         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4796
4797     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4798         """
4799         AltDown(self) -> bool
4800
4801         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4802         """
4803         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4804
4805     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4806         """
4807         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4808
4809         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4810         """
4811         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4812
4813     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4814         """
4815         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4816
4817         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4818         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4819         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4820         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4821         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4822         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4823         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4824         """
4825         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4826
4827     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4828         """
4829         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4830
4831         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4832         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4833         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4834         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4835         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4836         normally).
4837         """
4838         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4839
4840     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4841         """
4842         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4843
4844         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4845         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4846         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4847         codes.
4848
4849         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4850         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4851         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4852         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4853         """
4854         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4855
4856     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4857     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4858         """
4859         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4860
4861         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4862         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4863         """
4864         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4865
4866     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4867     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4868         """
4869         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4870
4871         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4872         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4873         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4874         ports.
4875         """
4876         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4877
4878     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4879         """
4880         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4881
4882         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4883         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4884         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4885         """
4886         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4887
4888     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4889         """
4890         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4891
4892         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4893         """
4894         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4895
4896     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4897         """
4898         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4899
4900         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4901         """
4902         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4903
4904     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4905         """
4906         GetX(self) -> int
4907
4908         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4909         applicable.
4910         """
4911         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4912
4913     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4914         """
4915         GetY(self) -> int
4916
4917         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4918         applicable.
4919         """
4920         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4921
4922     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4923     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4924     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4925     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4926     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4927     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4928     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4929     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4930     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4931     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4932 KeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister
4933 KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4934
4935 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4936
4937 class SizeEvent(Event):
4938     """
4939     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4940     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4941     been resized.
4942
4943     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4944     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4945     application.
4946
4947     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4948     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4949     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4950     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4951     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4952     invalidate the entire window.
4953
4954     """
4955     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4956     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4957     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4958         """
4959         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4960
4961         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4962         """
4963         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4964     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4965         """
4966         GetSize(self) -> Size
4967
4968         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4969         event.
4970         """
4971         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4972
4973     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4974         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4975         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4976
4977     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4978         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4979         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4980
4981     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4982         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4983         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4984
4985     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4986     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4987 SizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister
4988 SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4989
4990 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4991
4992 class MoveEvent(Event):
4993     """
4994     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4995     moved to a new position.
4996     """
4997     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4998     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4999     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5000         """
5001         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5002
5003         Constructor.
5004         """
5005         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5006     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5007         """
5008         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5009
5010         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5011         """
5012         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5013
5014     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5015         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5016         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5017
5018     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5019         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5020         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5021
5022     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5023         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5024         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5025
5026     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5027     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5028
5029 MoveEvent_swigregister = _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister
5030 MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5031
5032 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5033
5034 class PaintEvent(Event):
5035     """
5036     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5037     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5038     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5039     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5040     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5041
5042     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5043     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5044     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5045     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5046     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5047     scrolled units.
5048
5049     """
5050     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5051     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5052     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5053         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5054         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5055 PaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister
5056 PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5057
5058 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5059     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5060     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5061     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5062     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5063         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5064         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5065 NcPaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister
5066 NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5067
5068 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5069
5070 class EraseEvent(Event):
5071     """
5072     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5073     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5074     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5075     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5076
5077     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5078     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5079     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5080
5081     """
5082     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5083     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5084     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5085         """
5086         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5087
5088         Constructor
5089         """
5090         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5091     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5092         """
5093         GetDC(self) -> DC
5094
5095         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5096         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5097         that instead.
5098         """
5099         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5100
5101 EraseEvent_swigregister = _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister
5102 EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5103
5104 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5105
5106 class FocusEvent(Event):
5107     """
5108     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5109     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5110     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5111
5112     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5113     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5114     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5115
5116     """
5117     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5118     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5119     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5120         """
5121         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5122
5123         Constructor
5124         """
5125         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5126     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5127         """
5128         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5129
5130         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5131         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5132         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5133
5134         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5135         """
5136         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5137
5138     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5139         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5140         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5141
5142 FocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister
5143 FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5144
5145 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5146
5147 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5148     """
5149     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5150     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5151     heirarchy.
5152     """
5153     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5154     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5155     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5156         """
5157         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5158
5159         Constructor
5160         """
5161         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5162     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5163         """
5164         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5165
5166         The window which has just received the focus.
5167         """
5168         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5169
5170 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister
5171 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5172
5173 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5174
5175 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5176     """
5177     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5178     application is being activated or deactivated.
5179
5180     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5181     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5182     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5183     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5184     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5185     application frames being inactive.
5186
5187     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5188     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5189     doing so can result in strange effects.
5190
5191     """
5192     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5193     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5194     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5195         """
5196         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5197
5198         Constructor
5199         """
5200         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5201     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5202         """
5203         GetActive(self) -> bool
5204
5205         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5206         otherwise.
5207         """
5208         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5209
5210 ActivateEvent_swigregister = _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister
5211 ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5212
5213 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5214
5215 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5216     """
5217     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5218     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5219     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5220     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5221     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5222     """
5223     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5224     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5225     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5226         """
5227         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5228
5229         Constructor
5230         """
5231         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5232 InitDialogEvent_swigregister = _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister
5233 InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5234
5235 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5236
5237 class MenuEvent(Event):
5238     """
5239     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5240     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5241     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5242
5243     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5244     text in the first field of the status bar.
5245     """
5246     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5247     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5248     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5249         """
5250         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5251
5252         Constructor
5253         """
5254         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5255     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5256         """
5257         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5258
5259         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5260         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5261         """
5262         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5263
5264     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5265         """
5266         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5267
5268         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5269         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5270         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5271         """
5272         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5273
5274     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5275         """
5276         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5277
5278         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5279         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5280         """
5281         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5282
5283 MenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister
5284 MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5285
5286 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5287
5288 class CloseEvent(Event):
5289     """
5290     This event class contains information about window and session close
5291     events.
5292
5293     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5294     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5295     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5296     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5297     function.
5298
5299     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5300     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5301     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5302     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5303     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5304     files or to cancel the close.
5305
5306     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5307     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5308     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5309     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5310     """
5311     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5312     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5313     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5314         """
5315         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5316
5317         Constructor.
5318         """
5319         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5320     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5321         """
5322         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5323
5324         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5325         """
5326         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5327
5328     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5329         """
5330         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5331
5332         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5333         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5334         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5335         window event.
5336         """
5337         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5338
5339     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5340         """
5341         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5342
5343         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5344         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5345
5346         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5347         """
5348         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5349
5350     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5351         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5352         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5353
5354     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5355         """
5356         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5357
5358         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5359         """
5360         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5361
5362     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5363         """
5364         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5365
5366         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5367         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5368         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5369         must be called to check this.
5370         """
5371         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5372
5373 CloseEvent_swigregister = _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister
5374 CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5375
5376 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5377
5378 class ShowEvent(Event):
5379     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5380     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5381     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5382     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5383         """
5384         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5385
5386         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5387         """
5388         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5389     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5390         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5391         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5392
5393     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5394         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5395         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5396
5397 ShowEvent_swigregister = _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister
5398 ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5399
5400 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5401
5402 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5403     """
5404     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5405     restored.
5406     """
5407     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5408     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5409     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5410         """
5411         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5412
5413         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5414         restored.
5415         """
5416         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5417     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5418         """
5419         Iconized(self) -> bool
5420
5421         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5422         been restored.
5423         """
5424         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5425
5426 IconizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister
5427 IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5428
5429 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5430
5431 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5432     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5433     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5434     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5435     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5436         """
5437         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5438
5439         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5440         """
5441         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5442 MaximizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister
5443 MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5444
5445 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5446
5447 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5448     """
5449     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5450     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5451     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5452     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5453
5454     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5455     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5456     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5457     dropping files.
5458
5459     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5460     events.
5461
5462     """
5463     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5464     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5465     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5466     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5467         """
5468         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5469
5470         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5471         """
5472         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5473
5474     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5475         """
5476         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5477
5478         Returns the number of files dropped.
5479         """
5480         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5481
5482     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5483         """
5484         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5485
5486         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5487         """
5488         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5489
5490 DropFilesEvent_swigregister = _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister
5491 DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5492
5493 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5494
5495 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5496 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5497 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5498     """
5499     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5500     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5501     interface elements.
5502
5503     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5504     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5505     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5506     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5507     menu item or button.
5508
5509     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5510     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5511     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5512     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5513     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5514     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5515     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5516
5517     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5518     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5519     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5520     update.
5521
5522     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5523     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5524     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5525
5526     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5527     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5528
5529        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5530           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5531           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5532           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5533           events.
5534
5535        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5536           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5537           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5538           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5539           delay before windows are updated.
5540
5541     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5542     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5543     from an internal idle handler.
5544
5545     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5546     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5547     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5548
5549     """
5550     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5551     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5552     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5553         """
5554         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5555
5556         Constructor
5557         """
5558         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5559     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5560         """
5561         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5562
5563         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5564         """
5565         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5566
5567     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5568         """
5569         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5570
5571         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5572         """
5573         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5574
5575     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5576         """
5577         GetShown(self) -> bool
5578
5579         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5580         """
5581         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5582
5583     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5584         """
5585         GetText(self) -> String
5586
5587         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5588         """
5589         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5590
5591     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5592         """
5593         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5594
5595         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5596         wxWidgets internal use only.
5597         """
5598         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5599
5600     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5601         """
5602         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5603
5604         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5605         internal use only.
5606         """
5607         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5608
5609     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5610         """
5611         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5612
5613         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5614         internal use only.
5615         """
5616         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5617
5618     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5619         """
5620         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5621
5622         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5623         internal use only.
5624         """
5625         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5626
5627     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5628         """
5629         Check(self, bool check)
5630
5631         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5632         """
5633         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5634
5635     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5636         """
5637         Enable(self, bool enable)
5638
5639         Enable or disable the UI element.
5640         """
5641         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5642
5643     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5644         """
5645         Show(self, bool show)
5646
5647         Show or hide the UI element.
5648         """
5649         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5650
5651     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5652         """
5653         SetText(self, String text)
5654
5655         Sets the text for this UI element.
5656         """
5657         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5658
5659     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5660         """
5661         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5662
5663         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5664         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5665         default is 0.
5666
5667         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5668         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5669         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5670         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5671         about to be shown.
5672         """
5673         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5674
5675     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5676     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5677         """
5678         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5679
5680         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5681         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5682         """
5683         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5684
5685     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5686     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5687         """
5688         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5689
5690         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5691         to) this window.
5692
5693         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5694         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5695         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5696         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5697         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5698         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5699         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5700         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5701         interval.
5702
5703         """
5704         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5705
5706     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5707     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5708         """
5709         ResetUpdateTime()
5710
5711         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5712         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5713         is called at the end of idle processing.
5714         """
5715         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5716
5717     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5718     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5719         """
5720         SetMode(int mode)
5721
5722         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5723         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5724
5725         The mode may be one of the following values:
5726
5727             =============================   ==========================================
5728             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5729                                             is the default setting.
5730             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5731                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5732                                             style set.
5733             =============================   ==========================================
5734
5735         """
5736         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5737
5738     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5739     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5740         """
5741         GetMode() -> int
5742
5743         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5744         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5745         events.
5746         """
5747         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5748
5749     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5750 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister = _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister
5751 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5752
5753 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5754   """
5755     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5756
5757     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5758     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5759     default is 0.
5760
5761     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5762     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5763     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5764     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5765     about to be shown.
5766     """
5767   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5768
5769 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5770   """
5771     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5772
5773     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5774     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5775     """
5776   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5777
5778 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5779   """
5780     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5781
5782     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5783     to) this window.
5784
5785     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5786     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5787     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5788     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5789     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5790     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5791     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5792     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5793     interval.
5794
5795     """
5796   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5797
5798 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5799   """
5800     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5801
5802     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5803     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5804     is called at the end of idle processing.
5805     """
5806   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5807
5808 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5809   """
5810     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5811
5812     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5813     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5814
5815     The mode may be one of the following values:
5816
5817         =============================   ==========================================
5818         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5819                                         is the default setting.
5820         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5821                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5822                                         style set.
5823         =============================   ==========================================
5824
5825     """
5826   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5827
5828 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5829   """
5830     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5831
5832     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5833     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5834     events.
5835     """
5836   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5837
5838 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5839
5840 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5841     """
5842     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5843     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5844     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5845
5846     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5847     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5848     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5849     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5850     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5851
5852     """
5853     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5854     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5855     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5856         """
5857         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5858
5859         Constructor
5860         """
5861         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5862 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister
5863 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5864
5865 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5866
5867 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5868     """
5869     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5870     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5871     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5872     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5873     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5874
5875     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5876     """
5877     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5878     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5879     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5880         """
5881         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5882
5883         Constructor
5884         """
5885         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5886     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5887         """
5888         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5889
5890         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5891         non-wxWidgets window.
5892         """
5893         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5894
5895 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister
5896 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5897
5898 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5899
5900 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5901     """
5902     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5903     resolution has changed.
5904
5905     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5906     """
5907     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5908     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5909     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5910         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5911         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5912 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister
5913 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5914
5915 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5916
5917 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5918     """
5919     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5920     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5921     match.
5922
5923     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5924     """
5925     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5926     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5927     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5928         """
5929         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5930
5931         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5932         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5933         match.
5934
5935         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5936         """
5937         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5938     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5939         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5940         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5941
5942     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5943         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5944         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5945
5946 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister
5947 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5948
5949 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5950
5951 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5952     """
5953     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5954     focus and should re-do its palette.
5955
5956     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5957     """
5958     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5959     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5960     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5961         """
5962         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5963
5964         Constructor.
5965         """
5966         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5967     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5968         """
5969         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5970
5971         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5972         """
5973         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5974
5975     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5976         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5977         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5978
5979 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister = _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister
5980 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5981
5982 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5983
5984 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5985     """
5986     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5987     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5988     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5989     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5990     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5991     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5992     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5993     """
5994     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5995     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5996     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5997         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5998         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5999     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6000         """
6001         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6002
6003         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6004         """
6005         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6006
6007     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6008         """
6009         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6010
6011         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6012         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6013         """
6014         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6015
6016     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6017         """
6018         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6019
6020         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6021         """
6022         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6023
6024     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6025         """
6026         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6027
6028         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6029         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6030         by using Control-Tab.
6031         """
6032         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6033
6034     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6035         """
6036         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6037
6038         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6039         key.
6040         """
6041         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6042
6043     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6044         """
6045         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6046
6047         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6048         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6049         """
6050         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6051
6052     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6053         """
6054         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6055
6056         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6057
6058             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6059             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6060             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6061             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6062
6063         """
6064         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6065
6066     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6067         """
6068         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6069
6070         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6071         ``None``.
6072         """
6073         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6074
6075     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6076         """
6077         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6078
6079         Set the window that has the focus.
6080         """
6081         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6082
6083     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6084     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6085     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6086     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6087 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister
6088 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6089
6090 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6091
6092 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6093     """
6094     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6095     underlying GUI object) exists.
6096     """
6097     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6099     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6100         """
6101         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6102
6103         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6104         underlying GUI object) exists.
6105         """
6106         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6107     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6108         """
6109         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6110
6111         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6112         """
6113         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6114
6115 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister
6116 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6117
6118 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6119     """
6120     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6121     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6122
6123     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6124     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6125     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6126     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6127     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6128     notification of the destruction of another window.
6129     """
6130     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6131     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6132     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6133         """
6134         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6135
6136         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6137         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6138
6139         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6140         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6141         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6142         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6143         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6144         notification of the destruction of another window.
6145         """
6146         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6147     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6148         """
6149         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6150
6151         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6152         """
6153         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6154
6155 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister
6156 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6157
6158 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6159
6160 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6161     """
6162     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6163     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6164     """
6165     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6166     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6167     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6168         """
6169         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6170
6171         Constructor.
6172         """
6173         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6174     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6175         """
6176         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6177
6178         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6179         be shown.
6180         """
6181         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6182
6183     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6184         """
6185         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6186
6187         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6188         """
6189         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6190
6191 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister
6192 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6193
6194 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6195
6196 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6197 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6198 class IdleEvent(Event):
6199     """
6200     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6201     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6202     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6203     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6204     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6205     events and then becomes empty again.
6206
6207     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6208     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6209     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6210     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6211     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6212     to those windows and not to any others.
6213     """
6214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6216     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6217         """
6218         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6219
6220         Constructor
6221         """
6222         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6223     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6224         """
6225         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6226
6227         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6228         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6229         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6230         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6231         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6232         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6233         system.
6234         """
6235         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6236
6237     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6238         """
6239         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6240
6241         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6242         requested more processing time.
6243         """
6244         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6245
6246     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6247         """
6248         SetMode(int mode)
6249
6250         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6251         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6252         events.
6253
6254         The mode can be one of the following values:
6255
6256             =========================   ========================================
6257             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6258             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6259                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6260                                         flag set.
6261             =========================   ========================================
6262
6263         """
6264         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6265
6266     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6267     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6268         """
6269         GetMode() -> int
6270
6271         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6272         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6273         will process the events.
6274         """
6275         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6276
6277     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6278     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6279         """
6280         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6281
6282         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6283         window.
6284
6285         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6286         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6287         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6288         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6289         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6290         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6291         """
6292         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6293
6294     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6295 IdleEvent_swigregister = _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister
6296 IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6297
6298 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6299   """
6300     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6301
6302     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6303     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6304     events.
6305
6306     The mode can be one of the following values:
6307
6308         =========================   ========================================
6309         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6310         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6311                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6312                                     flag set.
6313         =========================   ========================================
6314
6315     """
6316   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6317
6318 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6319   """
6320     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6321
6322     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6323     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6324     will process the events.
6325     """
6326   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6327
6328 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6329   """
6330     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6331
6332     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6333     window.
6334
6335     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6336     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6337     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6338     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6339     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6340     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6341     """
6342   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6343
6344 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6345
6346 class PyEvent(Event):
6347     """
6348     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6349     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6350     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6351     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6352     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6353
6354     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6355
6356     """
6357     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6358     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6359     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6360         """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6361         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6362         self._SetSelf(self)
6363
6364     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6365     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6366     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6367         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6368         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6369
6370     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6371         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6372         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6373
6374 PyEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyEvent_swigregister
6375 PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6376
6377 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6378     """
6379     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6380     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6381     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6382     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6383     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6384     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6385
6386     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6387
6388     """
6389     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6390     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6391     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6392         """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6393         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6394         self._SetSelf(self)
6395
6396     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6397     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6398     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6399         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6400         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6401
6402     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6403         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6404         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6405
6406 PyCommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister
6407 PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6408
6409 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6410     """
6411     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6412     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6413     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6414     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6415     """
6416     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6417     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6418     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6419         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6420         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6421     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6422         """
6423         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6424
6425         Returns the date.
6426         """
6427         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6428
6429     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6430         """
6431         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6432
6433         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6434         internally.
6435         """
6436         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6437
6438 DateEvent_swigregister = _core_.DateEvent_swigregister
6439 DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6440
6441 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6442 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6443
6444 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6445
6446 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6447 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6448 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6449 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6450 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6451 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6452 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6453     """
6454     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6455     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6456     """
6457     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6458     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6459     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6460         """
6461         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6462
6463         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6464         """
6465         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6466         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6467         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6468
6469     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6470     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6471     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6472         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6473         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6474
6475     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6476         """
6477         GetAppName(self) -> String
6478
6479         Get the application name.
6480         """
6481         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6482
6483     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6484         """
6485         SetAppName(self, String name)
6486
6487         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6488         `wx.Config` and such.
6489         """
6490         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6491
6492     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6493         """
6494         GetClassName(self) -> String
6495
6496         Get the application's class name.
6497         """
6498         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6499
6500     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6501         """
6502         SetClassName(self, String name)
6503
6504         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6505         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6506         """
6507         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6508
6509     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6510         """
6511         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6512
6513         Get the application's vendor name.
6514         """
6515         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6516
6517     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6518         """
6519         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6520
6521         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6522         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6523         """
6524         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6525
6526     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6527         """
6528         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6529
6530         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6531         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6532         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6533         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6534         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6535         differences behind the common facade.
6536
6537         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6538         """
6539         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6540
6541     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6542         """
6543         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6544
6545         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6546         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6547         during each event loop iteration.
6548         """
6549         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6550
6551     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6552         """
6553         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6554
6555         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6556         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6557         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6558
6559         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6560               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6561               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6562               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6563
6564         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6565
6566         """
6567         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6568
6569     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6570         """
6571         WakeUpIdle(self)
6572
6573         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6574         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6575         """
6576         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6577
6578     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6579         """
6580         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6581
6582         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6583         currently be dispatched.
6584         """
6585         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6586
6587     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6588     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6589         """
6590         MainLoop(self) -> int
6591
6592         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6593         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6594         """
6595         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6596
6597     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6598         """
6599         Exit(self)
6600
6601         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6602         :see: `wx.Exit`
6603         """
6604         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6605
6606     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6607         """
6608         ExitMainLoop(self)
6609
6610         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6611         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6612         """
6613         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6614
6615     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6616         """
6617         Pending(self) -> bool
6618
6619         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6620         """
6621         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6622
6623     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6624         """
6625         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6626
6627         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6628         appears if there are none currently)
6629         """
6630         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6631
6632     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6633         """
6634         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6635
6636         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6637         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6638         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6639         """
6640         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6641
6642     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6643         """
6644         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6645
6646         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6647         idle time is requested.
6648         """
6649         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6650
6651     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6652         """
6653         IsActive(self) -> bool
6654
6655         Return True if our app has focus.
6656         """
6657         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6658
6659     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6660         """
6661         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6662
6663         Set the *main* top level window
6664         """
6665         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6666
6667     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6668         """
6669         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6670
6671         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6672         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6673         there not any, will return None)
6674         """
6675         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6676
6677     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6678         """
6679         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6680
6681         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6682         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6683         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6684         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6685         explicitly from somewhere.
6686         """
6687         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6688
6689     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6690         """
6691         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6692
6693         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6694         """
6695         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6696
6697     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6698         """
6699         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6700
6701         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6702         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6703         """
6704         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6705
6706     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6707         """
6708         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6709
6710         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6711         """
6712         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6713
6714     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6715         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6716         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6717
6718     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6719         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6720         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6721
6722     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6723         """
6724         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6725
6726         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6727         """
6728         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6729
6730     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6731         """
6732         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6733
6734         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6735         """
6736         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6737
6738     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6739         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6740         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6741
6742     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6743     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6744         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6745         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6746
6747     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6748     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6749         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6750         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6751
6752     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6753     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6754         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6755         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6756
6757     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6758     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6759         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6760         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6761
6762     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6763     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6764         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6765         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6766
6767     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6768     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6769         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6770         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6771
6772     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6773     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6774         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6775         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6776
6777     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6778     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6779         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6780         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6781
6782     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6783     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6784         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6785         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6786
6787     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6788     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6789         """
6790         _BootstrapApp(self)
6791
6792         For internal use only
6793         """
6794         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6795
6796     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6797         """
6798         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6799
6800         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6801         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6802         """
6803         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6804
6805     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6806 PyApp_swigregister = _core_.PyApp_swigregister
6807 PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6808
6809 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6810   """
6811     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6812
6813     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6814     currently be dispatched.
6815     """
6816   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6817
6818 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6819   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6820   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6821
6822 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6823   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6824   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6825
6826 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6827   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6828   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6829
6830 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6831   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6832   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6833
6834 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6835   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6836   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6837
6838 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6839   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6840   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6841
6842 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6843   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6844   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6845
6846 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6847   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6848   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6849
6850 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6851   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6852   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6853
6854 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6855   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6856   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6857
6858 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6859   """
6860     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6861
6862     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6863     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6864     """
6865   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6866
6867 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6868
6869
6870 def Exit(*args):
6871   """
6872     Exit()
6873
6874     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6875     """
6876   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6877
6878 def Yield(*args):
6879   """
6880     Yield() -> bool
6881
6882     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6883     """
6884   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6885
6886 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6887   """
6888     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6889
6890     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6891     """
6892   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6893
6894 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6895   """
6896     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6897
6898     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6899     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6900     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6901     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6902     interaction.
6903
6904     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6905     """
6906   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6907
6908 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6909   """
6910     WakeUpIdle()
6911
6912     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6913     sent.
6914     """
6915   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6916
6917 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6918   """
6919     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6920
6921     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6922     later.
6923     """
6924   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6925
6926 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6927   """
6928     App_CleanUp()
6929
6930     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6931     Python shuts down.
6932     """
6933   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6934
6935 def GetApp(*args):
6936   """
6937     GetApp() -> PyApp
6938
6939     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6940     """
6941   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6942
6943 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6944   """
6945     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6946
6947     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6948     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6949
6950     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6951     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6952     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6953     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6954     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6955     """
6956   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6957
6958 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6959   """
6960     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6961
6962     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6963     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6964     """
6965   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6966 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6967
6968 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6969     """
6970     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6971     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6972     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6973     and write the text there.
6974     """
6975     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6976         self.frame  = None
6977         self.title  = title
6978         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6979         self.size   = (450, 300)
6980         self.parent = None
6981
6982     def SetParent(self, parent):
6983         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6984         self.parent = parent
6985
6986
6987     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6988         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6989                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6990         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6991                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6992         self.text.AppendText(st)
6993         self.frame.Show(True)
6994         EVT_CLOSE(self.frame, self.OnCloseWindow)
6995
6996
6997     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6998         if self.frame is not None:
6999             self.frame.Destroy()
7000         self.frame = None
7001         self.text  = None
7002
7003
7004     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7005     def write(self, text):
7006         """
7007         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7008         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7009         CallAfter to do the work there.
7010         """
7011         if self.frame is None:
7012             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7013                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7014             else:
7015                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7016         else:
7017             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7018                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7019             else:
7020                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7021
7022
7023     def close(self):
7024         if self.frame is not None:
7025             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7026
7027
7028     def flush(self):
7029         pass
7030
7031
7032
7033 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7034
7035 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7036
7037 class App(wx.PyApp):
7038     """
7039     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7040
7041       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7042         gui toolkit
7043       * set and get application-wide properties
7044       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7045         and to dispatch events to window instances
7046       * etc.
7047
7048     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7049     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7050     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7051     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7052
7053     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7054     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7055     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7056
7057     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7058            directly.
7059     """
7060
7061     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7062
7063     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7064                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7065         """
7066         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7067
7068         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7069             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7070             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7071             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7072             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7073             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7074             class of your choosing.)
7075
7076         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7077             redirect is True.
7078
7079         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7080             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7081             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7082             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7083             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7084             toolkit is initialized.
7085
7086         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7087             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7088             GUI apps will.
7089
7090         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7091             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7092             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7093         """
7094         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7095
7096         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7097             try:
7098                 import MacOS
7099                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7100                     print """\
7101 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7102 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7103 your Mac."""
7104                     _sys.exit(1)
7105             except SystemExit:
7106                 raise
7107             except:
7108                 pass
7109
7110         # This has to be done before OnInit
7111         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7112
7113         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7114         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7115         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7116         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7117         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7118         # expected (depending on platform.)
7119         if clearSigInt:
7120             try:
7121                 import signal
7122                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7123             except:
7124                 pass
7125
7126         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7127         self.stdioWin = None
7128         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7129         if redirect:
7130             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7131
7132         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7133         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7134
7135         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7136         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7137         self._BootstrapApp()
7138
7139
7140     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7141         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7142         destroy(self)
7143
7144     def Destroy(self):
7145         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7146         self.thisown = 0
7147
7148     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7149         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7150         if self.stdioWin:
7151             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7152         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7153
7154
7155     def MainLoop(self):
7156         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7157         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7158         self.RestoreStdio()
7159
7160
7161     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7162         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7163         if filename:
7164             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7165         else:
7166             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7167             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7168
7169
7170     def RestoreStdio(self):
7171         try:
7172             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7173         except:
7174             pass
7175
7176
7177     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7178         """
7179         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7180         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7181         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7182         """
7183         if self.stdioWin:
7184             if title is not None:
7185                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7186             if pos is not None:
7187                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7188             if size is not None:
7189                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7195 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7196 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7197 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7198 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7199 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7200 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7201 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7202 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7203 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7204 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7205 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7206
7207 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7208
7209 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7210     """
7211     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7212     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7213     about OnInit.  For example::
7214
7215         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7216         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7217         frame.Show()
7218         app.MainLoop()
7219
7220     :see: `wx.App`
7221     """
7222
7223     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7224                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7225         """
7226         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7227         """
7228         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7229
7230     def OnInit(self):
7231         return True
7232
7233
7234
7235 # Is anybody using this one?
7236 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7237     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7238         self.size = size
7239         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7240
7241     def OnInit(self):
7242         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7243         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7244         return True
7245
7246     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7247         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7248         self.frame.Show(True)
7249
7250 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7251 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7252 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7253 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7254 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7255
7256 class __wxPyCleanup:
7257     def __init__(self):
7258         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7259     def __del__(self):
7260         self.cleanup()
7261
7262 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7263
7264 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7265 ## import atexit
7266 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7267
7268
7269 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7270
7271 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7272
7273 class EventLoop(object):
7274     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7275     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7276     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7277     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7278         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7279         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7280     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7281     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7282     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7283         """Run(self) -> int"""
7284         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7285
7286     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7287         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7288         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7289
7290     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7291         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7292         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7293
7294     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7295         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7296         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7297
7298     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7299         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7300         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7301
7302     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7303         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7304         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7305
7306     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7307     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7308         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7309         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7310
7311     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7312 EventLoop_swigregister = _core_.EventLoop_swigregister
7313 EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7314
7315 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7316   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7317   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7318
7319 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7320   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7321   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7322
7323 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7324     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7325     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7326     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7327     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7328         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7329         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7330     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7331     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7332 EventLoopActivator_swigregister = _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister
7333 EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7334
7335 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7336
7337 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7338     """
7339     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7340     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7341     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7342     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7343
7344     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7345     """
7346     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7347     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7348     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7349         """
7350         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7351
7352         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7353         """
7354         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7355     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7356     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7357     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7358         """
7359         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7360
7361         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7362         :see `__init__`
7363         """
7364         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7365
7366     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7367         """
7368         GetFlags(self) -> int
7369
7370         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7371         """
7372         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7373
7374     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7375         """
7376         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7377
7378         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7379         """
7380         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7381
7382     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7383         """
7384         GetCommand(self) -> int
7385
7386         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7387         """
7388         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7389
7390 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister
7391 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7392
7393 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7394     """
7395     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7396     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7397     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7398     supported.
7399     """
7400     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7401     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7402     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7403         """
7404         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7405
7406         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7407         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7408
7409         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7410         """
7411         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7412     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7413     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7414     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7415         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7416         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7417
7418 AcceleratorTable_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister
7419 AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7420
7421
7422 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7423   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7424   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7425 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7426
7427 class VisualAttributes(object):
7428     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7429     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7430     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7431     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7432         """
7433         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7434
7435         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7436         """
7437         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7438     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7439     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7440     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7441     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7442     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7443 VisualAttributes_swigregister = _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister
7444 VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7445 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7446 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7447
7448 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7449 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7450 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7451 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7452 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7453 class Window(EvtHandler):
7454     """
7455     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7456     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7457     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7458     appear on screen themselves.
7459
7460     """
7461     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7462     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7463     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7464         """
7465         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7466             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7467
7468         Construct and show a generic Window.
7469         """
7470         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7471         self._setOORInfo(self)
7472
7473     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7474         """
7475         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7476             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7477
7478         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7479         """
7480         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7481
7482     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7483         """
7484         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7485
7486         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7487         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7488         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7489         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7490         """
7491         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7492
7493     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7494         """
7495         Destroy(self) -> bool
7496
7497         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7498         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7499         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7500         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7501         non-existent windows.
7502
7503         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7504         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7505         """
7506         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7507         args[0].thisown = 0
7508         return val
7509
7510     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7511         """
7512         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7513
7514         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7515         destructor.
7516         """
7517         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7518
7519     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7520         """
7521         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7522
7523         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7524         """
7525         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7526
7527     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7528         """
7529         SetLabel(self, String label)
7530
7531         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7532         """
7533         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7534
7535     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7536         """
7537         GetLabel(self) -> String
7538
7539         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7540         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7541         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7542         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7543         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7544         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7545         """
7546         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7547
7548     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7549         """
7550         SetName(self, String name)
7551
7552         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7553         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7554         """
7555         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7556
7557     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7558         """
7559         GetName(self) -> String
7560
7561         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7562         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7563         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7564         """
7565         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7566
7567     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7568         """
7569         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7570
7571         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7572         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7573         """
7574         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7575
7576     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7577         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7578         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7579
7580     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7581         """
7582         SetId(self, int winid)
7583
7584         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7585         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7586         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7587         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7588         """
7589         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7590
7591     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7592         """
7593         GetId(self) -> int
7594
7595         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7596         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7597         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7598         generated.
7599         """
7600         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7601
7602     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7603         """
7604         NewControlId() -> int
7605
7606         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7607         """
7608         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7609
7610     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7611     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7612         """
7613         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7614
7615         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7616         autogenerated) id
7617         """
7618         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7619
7620     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7621     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7622         """
7623         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7624
7625         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7626         autogenerated) id
7627         """
7628         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7629
7630     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7631     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7632         """
7633         SetSize(self, Size size)
7634
7635         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7636         """
7637         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7638
7639     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7640         """
7641         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7642
7643         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7644         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7645         equal to -1.
7646
7647             ========================  ======================================
7648             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7649                                       default should be used.
7650             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7651                                       -1 values are supplied.
7652             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7653                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7654                                       default values.
7655             ========================  ======================================
7656
7657         """
7658         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7659
7660     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7661         """
7662         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7663
7664         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7665         """
7666         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7667
7668     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7669         """
7670         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7671
7672         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7673         """
7674         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7675
7676     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7677         """
7678         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7679
7680         Moves the window to the given position.
7681         """
7682         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7683
7684     SetPosition = Move
7685     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7686         """
7687         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7688
7689         Moves the window to the given position.
7690         """
7691         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7692
7693     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7694         """
7695         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7696
7697         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7698         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7699         """
7700         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7701
7702     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7703         """
7704         Raise(self)
7705
7706         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7707         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7708         """
7709         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7710
7711     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7712         """
7713         Lower(self)
7714
7715         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7716         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7717         """
7718         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7719
7720     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7721         """
7722         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7723
7724         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7725         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7726         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7727         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7728         around panel items, for example.
7729         """
7730         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7731
7732     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7733         """
7734         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7735
7736         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7737         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7738         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7739         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7740         around panel items, for example.
7741         """
7742         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7743
7744     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7745         """
7746         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7747
7748         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7749         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7750         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7751         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7752         around panel items, for example.
7753         """
7754         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7755
7756     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7757         """
7758         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7759
7760         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7761         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7762         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7763         kinds of windows.
7764         """
7765         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7766
7767     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7768         """
7769         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7770
7771         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7772         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7773         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7774         kinds of windows.
7775         """
7776         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7777
7778     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7779         """
7780         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7781
7782         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7783         """
7784         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7785
7786     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7787         """
7788         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7789
7790         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7791         """
7792         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7793
7794     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7795         """
7796         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7797
7798         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7799         a `wx.Rect` object.
7800         """
7801         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7802
7803     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7804         """
7805         GetSize(self) -> Size
7806
7807         Get the window size.
7808         """
7809         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7810
7811     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7812         """
7813         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7814
7815         Get the window size.
7816         """
7817         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7818
7819     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7820         """
7821         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7822
7823         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7824         """
7825         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7826
7827     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7828         """
7829         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7830
7831         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7832         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7833         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7834         """
7835         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7836
7837     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7838         """
7839         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7840
7841         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7842         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7843         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7844         """
7845         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7846
7847     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7848         """
7849         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7850
7851         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7852         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7853         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7854         """
7855         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7856
7857     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7858         """
7859         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7860
7861         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7862         """
7863         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7864
7865     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7866         """
7867         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7868
7869         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7870         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7871         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7872         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7873         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7874         after calling Fit.
7875         """
7876         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7877
7878     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7879         """
7880         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7881
7882         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7883         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7884         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7885         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7886         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7887         after calling Fit.
7888         """
7889         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7890
7891     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7892         """
7893         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7894
7895         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7896         time it is needed.
7897         """
7898         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7899
7900     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7901         """
7902         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7903
7904         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7905         some properties of the window change.)
7906         """
7907         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7908
7909     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7910         """
7911         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7912
7913         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7914         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7915         the results.
7916
7917         """
7918         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7919
7920     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7921         """
7922         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7923
7924         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7925         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7926         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7927         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7928         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7929         tolerate.
7930         """
7931         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7932
7933     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7934         """
7935         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7936
7937         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7938         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7939         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7940         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7941         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7942         relative to the screen.
7943         """
7944         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7945
7946     Centre = Center
7947     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7948         """
7949         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7950
7951         Center with respect to the the parent window
7952         """
7953         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7954
7955     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7956     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7957         """
7958         Fit(self)
7959
7960         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7961         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7962         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7963         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7964         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7965         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7966         instead of calling Fit.
7967         """
7968         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7969
7970     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7971         """
7972         FitInside(self)
7973
7974         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7975         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7976         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7977         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7978         anything if there are no subwindows.
7979         """
7980         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7981
7982     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7983         """
7984         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7985             int incH=-1)
7986
7987         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7988         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7989         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7990         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7991         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7992         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7993
7994         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7995         """
7996         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7997
7998     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7999         """
8000         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8001
8002         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8003         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8004         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8005         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8006         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8007         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8008
8009         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8010         """
8011         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8012
8013     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8014         """
8015         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8016
8017         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8018         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8019         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8020         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8021         """
8022         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8023
8024     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8025         """
8026         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8027
8028         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8029         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8030         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8031         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8032         """
8033         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8034
8035     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8036         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8037         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8038
8039     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8040         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8041         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8042
8043     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8044         """
8045         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8046
8047         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8048         min size.
8049         """
8050         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8051
8052     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8053         """
8054         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8055
8056         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8057         max size.
8058         """
8059         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8060
8061     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8062         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8063         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8064
8065     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8066         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8067         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8068
8069     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8070         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8071         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8072
8073     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8074         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8075         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8076
8077     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8078         """
8079         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8080
8081         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8082         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8083         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8084         """
8085         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8086
8087     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8088         """
8089         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8090
8091         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8092         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8093         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8094         """
8095         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8096
8097     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8098         """
8099         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8100
8101         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8102         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8103         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8104         """
8105         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8106
8107     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8108         """
8109         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8110
8111         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8112         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8113         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8114         """
8115         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8116
8117     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8118         """
8119         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8120
8121         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8122         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8123         """
8124         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8125
8126     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8127         """
8128         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8129
8130         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8131         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8132         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8133         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8134         because it already was in the requested state.
8135         """
8136         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8137
8138     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8139         """
8140         Hide(self) -> bool
8141
8142         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8143         """
8144         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8145
8146     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8147         """
8148         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8149
8150         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8151         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8152         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8153         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8154         window had already been in the specified state.
8155         """
8156         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8157
8158     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8159         """
8160         Disable(self) -> bool
8161
8162         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8163         """
8164         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8165
8166     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8167         """
8168         IsShown(self) -> bool
8169
8170         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8171         """
8172         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8173
8174     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8175         """
8176         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8177
8178         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8179         """
8180         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8181
8182     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8183         """
8184         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8185
8186         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8187         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8188         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8189         immediately.
8190         """
8191         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8192
8193     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8194         """
8195         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8196
8197         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8198         method.
8199         """
8200         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8201
8202     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8203     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8204         """
8205         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8206
8207         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8208         """
8209         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8210
8211     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8212         """
8213         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8214
8215         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8216         windows are only available on X platforms.
8217         """
8218         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8219
8220     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8221         """
8222         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8223
8224         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8225         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8226         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8227         """
8228         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8229
8230     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8231         """
8232         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8233
8234         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8235         """
8236         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8237
8238     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8239         """
8240         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8241
8242         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8243         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8244         effect.
8245         """
8246         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8247
8248     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8249         """
8250         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8251
8252         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8253          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8254          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8255          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8256          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8257          user's selected theme.
8258
8259         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8260         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8261         """
8262         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8263
8264     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8265         """
8266         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8267
8268         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8269         """
8270         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8271
8272     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8273         """
8274         SetFocus(self)
8275
8276         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8277         """
8278         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8279
8280     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8281         """
8282         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8283
8284         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8285         only called internally.
8286         """
8287         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8288
8289     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8290         """
8291         FindFocus() -> Window
8292
8293         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8294         or None.
8295         """
8296         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8297
8298     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8299     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8300         """
8301         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8302
8303         Can this window have focus?
8304         """
8305         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8306
8307     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8308         """
8309         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8310
8311         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8312         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8313         it.
8314         """
8315         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8316
8317     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8318         """
8319         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8320
8321         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8322         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8323         """
8324         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8325
8326     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8327         """
8328         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8329
8330         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8331         """
8332         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8333
8334     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8335         """
8336         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8337
8338         Set this child as temporary default
8339         """
8340         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8341
8342     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8343         """
8344         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8345
8346         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8347         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8348         """
8349         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8350
8351     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8352         """
8353         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8354
8355         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8356         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8357         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8358
8359         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8360         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8361         windows.
8362
8363         """
8364         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8365
8366     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8367         """
8368         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8369
8370         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8371         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8372         """
8373         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8374
8375     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8376         """
8377         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8378
8379         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8380         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8381         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8382         do not change.
8383         """
8384         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8385
8386     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8387         """
8388         GetParent(self) -> Window
8389
8390         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8391         """
8392         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8393
8394     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8395         """
8396         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8397
8398         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8399         isn't one.
8400         """
8401         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8402
8403     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8404         """
8405         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8406
8407         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8408         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8409         if they have a parent window).
8410         """
8411         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8412
8413     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8414         """
8415         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8416
8417         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8418         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8419         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8420         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8421         oldParent)
8422         """
8423         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8424
8425     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8426         """
8427         AddChild(self, Window child)
8428
8429         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8430         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8431         """
8432         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8433
8434     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8435         """
8436         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8437
8438         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8439         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8440         programmer.
8441         """
8442         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8443
8444     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8445         """
8446         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8447
8448         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8449         """
8450         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8451
8452     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8453         """
8454         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8455
8456         Find a child of this window by name
8457         """
8458         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8459
8460     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8461         """
8462         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8463
8464         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8465         its own event handler.
8466         """
8467         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8468
8469     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8470         """
8471         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8472
8473         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8474         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8475         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8476         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8477         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8478
8479         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8480         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8481         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8482         """
8483         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8484
8485     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8486         """
8487         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8488
8489         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8490         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8491         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8492         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8493         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8494         window classes.
8495
8496         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8497         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8498         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8499         remove the event handler.
8500         """
8501         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8502
8503     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8504         """
8505         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8506
8507         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8508         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8509         destroyed after it is popped.
8510         """
8511         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8512
8513     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8514         """
8515         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8516
8517         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8518         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8519         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8520         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8521         there.)
8522         """
8523         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8524
8525     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8526         """
8527         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8528
8529         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8530         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8531         type.
8532         """
8533         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8534
8535     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8536         """
8537         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8538
8539         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8540         there is none.
8541         """
8542         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8543
8544     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8545         """
8546         Validate(self) -> bool
8547
8548         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8549         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8550         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8551         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8552         """
8553         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8554
8555     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8556         """
8557         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8558
8559         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8560         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8561         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8562         all child windows.
8563         """
8564         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8565
8566     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8567         """
8568         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8569
8570         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8571         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8572         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8573         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8574         """
8575         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8576
8577     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8578         """
8579         InitDialog(self)
8580
8581         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8582         to the dialog via validators.
8583         """
8584         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8585
8586     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8587         """
8588         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8589
8590         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8591         """
8592         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8593
8594     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8595         """
8596         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8597
8598         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8599         """
8600         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8601
8602     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8603         """
8604         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8605
8606         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8607         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8608         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8609         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8610         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8611         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8612         hotkey was registered successfully.
8613         """
8614         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8615
8616     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8617         """
8618         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8619
8620         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8621         """
8622         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8623
8624     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8625         """
8626         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8627
8628         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8629         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8630         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8631         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8632         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8633         then divided by 8.
8634         """
8635         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8636
8637     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8638         """
8639         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8640
8641         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8642         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8643         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8644         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8645         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8646         then divided by 8.
8647         """
8648         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8649
8650     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8651         """
8652         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8653
8654         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8655         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8656         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8657         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8658         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8659         then divided by 8.
8660         """
8661         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8662
8663     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8664         """
8665         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8666
8667         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8668         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8669         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8670         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8671         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8672         then divided by 8.
8673         """
8674         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8675
8676     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8677         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8678         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8679
8680     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8681         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8682         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8683
8684     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8685         """
8686         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8687
8688         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8689
8690         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8691         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8692         """
8693         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8694
8695     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8696         """
8697         CaptureMouse(self)
8698
8699         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8700         release the capture.
8701
8702         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8703         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8704         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8705         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8706         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8707         """
8708         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8709
8710     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8711         """
8712         ReleaseMouse(self)
8713
8714         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8715         """
8716         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8717
8718     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8719         """
8720         GetCapture() -> Window
8721
8722         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8723         """
8724         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8725
8726     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8727     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8728         """
8729         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8730
8731         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8732         """
8733         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8734
8735     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8736         """
8737         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8738
8739         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8740         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8741         to the window.
8742         """
8743         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8744
8745     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8746         """
8747         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8748
8749         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8750         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8751         """
8752         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8753
8754     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8755         """
8756         Update(self)
8757
8758         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8759         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8760         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8761         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8762         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8763         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8764         it) unconditionally.
8765         """
8766         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8767
8768     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8769         """
8770         ClearBackground(self)
8771
8772         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8773         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8774         """
8775         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8776
8777     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8778         """
8779         Freeze(self)
8780
8781         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8782         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8783         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8784         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8785         been undone.
8786
8787         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8788         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8789         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8790         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8791         mandatory directive.
8792         """
8793         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8794
8795     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8796         """
8797         Thaw(self)
8798
8799         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8800         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8801         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8802         """
8803         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8804
8805     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8806         """
8807         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8808
8809         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8810         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8811         scroll position.
8812         """
8813         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8814
8815     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8816         """
8817         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8818
8819         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8820         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8821         """
8822         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8823
8824     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8825         """
8826         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8827
8828         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8829         """
8830         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8831
8832     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8833         """
8834         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8835
8836         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8837         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8838         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8839         exposed.
8840         """
8841         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8842
8843     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8844         """
8845         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8846
8847         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8848         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8849         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8850         exposed.
8851         """
8852         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8853
8854     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8855         """
8856         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8857
8858         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8859         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8860         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8861         exposed.
8862         """
8863         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8864
8865     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8866         """
8867         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8868
8869         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8870         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8871         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8872         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8873         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8874         """
8875         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8876
8877     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8878         """
8879         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8880
8881         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8882         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8883         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8884         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8885         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8886
8887         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8888         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8889         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8890         this.
8891         """
8892         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8893
8894     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8895     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8896         """
8897         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8898
8899         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8900         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8901         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8902         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8903         to the default background colour.
8904
8905         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8906         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8907         calling this function.
8908
8909         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8910         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8911         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8912         applications on the system.
8913         """
8914         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8915
8916     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8917         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8918         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8919
8920     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8921         """
8922         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8923
8924         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8925         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8926         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8927         not be used at all.
8928         """
8929         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8930
8931     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8932         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8933         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8934
8935     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8936         """
8937         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8938
8939         Returns the background colour of the window.
8940         """
8941         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8942
8943     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8944         """
8945         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8946
8947         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8948         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8949         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8950         """
8951         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8952
8953     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8954         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8955         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8956
8957     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8958         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8959         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8960
8961     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8962         """
8963         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8964
8965         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8966         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8967
8968             ======================  ========================================
8969             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8970                                     be determined by the system
8971             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8972             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8973                                     application.
8974             ======================  ========================================
8975
8976         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8977         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8978         no effect on other platforms.
8979
8980         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8981         """
8982         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8983
8984     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8985         """
8986         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8987
8988         Returns the background style of the window.
8989
8990         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8991         """
8992         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8993
8994     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8995         """
8996         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8997
8998         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8999         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9000         background.
9001
9002         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9003         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9004         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9005         correctly.
9006         """
9007         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9008
9009     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9010         """
9011         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9012
9013         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9014         for the children of the window implicitly.
9015
9016         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9017         be reset back to default.
9018         """
9019         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9020
9021     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9022         """
9023         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9024
9025         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9026         """
9027         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9028
9029     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9030         """
9031         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9032
9033         Sets the font for this window.
9034         """
9035         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9036
9037     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9038         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9039         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9040
9041     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9042         """
9043         GetFont(self) -> Font
9044
9045         Returns the default font used for this window.
9046         """
9047         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9048
9049     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9050         """
9051         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9052
9053         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9054         """
9055         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9056
9057     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9058         """
9059         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9060
9061         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9062         """
9063         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9064
9065     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9066         """
9067         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9068
9069         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9070         """
9071         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9072
9073     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9074         """
9075         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9076
9077         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9078         """
9079         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9080
9081     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9082         """
9083         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9084
9085         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9086         """
9087         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9088
9089     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9090         """
9091         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9092            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9093
9094         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9095         current or specified font.
9096         """
9097         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9098
9099     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9100         """
9101         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9102
9103         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9104         """
9105         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9106
9107     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9108         """
9109         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9110
9111         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9112         """
9113         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9114
9115     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9116         """
9117         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9118
9119         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9120         """
9121         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9122
9123     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9124         """
9125         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9126
9127         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9128         """
9129         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9130
9131     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9132         """
9133         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9134
9135         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9136         """
9137         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9138
9139     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9140         """
9141         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9142
9143         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9144         """
9145         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9146
9147     def GetBorder(*args):
9148         """
9149         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9150         GetBorder(self) -> int
9151
9152         Get border for the flags of this window
9153         """
9154         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9155
9156     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9157         """
9158         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9159
9160         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9161         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9162         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9163         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9164         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9165         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9166         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9167         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9168         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9169         in idle time.
9170         """
9171         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9172
9173     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9174         """
9175         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9176
9177         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9178         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9179         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9180         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9181         mouse cursor will be used.
9182         """
9183         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9184
9185     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9186         """
9187         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9188
9189         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9190         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9191         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9192         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9193         mouse cursor will be used.
9194         """
9195         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9196
9197     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9198         """
9199         GetHandle(self) -> long
9200
9201         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9202         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9203         toplevel parent of the window.
9204         """
9205         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9206
9207     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9208         """
9209         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9210
9211         Associate the window with a new native handle
9212         """
9213         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9214
9215     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9216         """
9217         DissociateHandle(self)
9218
9219         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9220         """
9221         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9222
9223     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9224         """
9225         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9226
9227         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9228         """
9229         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9230
9231     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9232         """
9233         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9234             bool refresh=True)
9235
9236         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9237         """
9238         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9239
9240     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9241         """
9242         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9243
9244         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9245         """
9246         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9247
9248     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9249         """
9250         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9251
9252         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9253         """
9254         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9255
9256     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9257         """
9258         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9259
9260         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9261         """
9262         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9263
9264     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9265         """
9266         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9267
9268         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9269         """
9270         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9271
9272     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9273         """
9274         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9275
9276         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9277         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9278         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9279         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9280         """
9281         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9282
9283     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9284         """
9285         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9286
9287         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9288         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9289         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9290         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9291         """
9292         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9293
9294     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9295         """
9296         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9297
9298         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9299         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9300         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9301         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9302         """
9303         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9304
9305     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9306         """
9307         LineUp(self) -> bool
9308
9309         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9310         """
9311         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9312
9313     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9314         """
9315         LineDown(self) -> bool
9316
9317         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9318         """
9319         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9320
9321     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9322         """
9323         PageUp(self) -> bool
9324
9325         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9326         """
9327         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9328
9329     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9330         """
9331         PageDown(self) -> bool
9332
9333         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9334         """
9335         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9336
9337     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9338         """
9339         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9340
9341         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9342         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9343         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9344         """
9345         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9346
9347     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9348         """
9349         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9350
9351         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9352         one.
9353         """
9354         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9355
9356     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9357         """
9358         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9359
9360         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9361         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9362         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9363         """
9364         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9365
9366     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9367         """
9368         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9369
9370         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9371         """
9372         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9373
9374     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9375         """
9376         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9377
9378         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9379         """
9380         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9381
9382     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9383         """
9384         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9385
9386         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9387         """
9388         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9389
9390     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9391         """
9392         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9393
9394         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9395         a drop target, it is deleted.
9396         """
9397         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9398
9399     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9400         """
9401         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9402
9403         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9404         """
9405         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9406
9407     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9408         """
9409         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9410
9411         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9412         Only functional on Windows.
9413         """
9414         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9415
9416     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9417         """
9418         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9419
9420         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9421         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9422         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9423         constraints.
9424
9425         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9426         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9427         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9428         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9429         effect.
9430         """
9431         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9432
9433     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9434         """
9435         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9436
9437         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9438         are none.
9439         """
9440         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9441
9442     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9443         """
9444         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9445
9446         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9447         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9448         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9449         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9450
9451         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9452         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9453         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9454         """
9455         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9456
9457     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9458         """
9459         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9460
9461         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9462         """
9463         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9464
9465     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9466         """
9467         Layout(self) -> bool
9468
9469         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9470         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9471         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9472         handler when the window is resized.
9473         """
9474         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9475
9476     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9477         """
9478         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9479
9480         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9481         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9482         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9483         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9484         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9485         non-None, and False otherwise.
9486         """
9487         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9488
9489     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9490         """
9491         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9492
9493         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9494         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9495         """
9496         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9497
9498     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9499         """
9500         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9501
9502         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9503         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9504         """
9505         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9506
9507     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9508         """
9509         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9510
9511         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9512         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9513         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9514         """
9515         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9516
9517     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9518         """
9519         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9520
9521         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9522         """
9523         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9524
9525     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9526         """
9527         InheritAttributes(self)
9528
9529         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9530         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9531         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9532         colours.
9533
9534         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9535         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9536         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9537         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9538         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9539         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9540         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9541         no matter what and only the font might.
9542
9543         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9544         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9545         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9546         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9547         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9548         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9549         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9550         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9551         parents attributes.
9552
9553         """
9554         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9555
9556     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9557         """
9558         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9559
9560         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9561         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9562         from the parent window.
9563
9564         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9565         wxControl where it returns true.
9566         """
9567         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9568
9569     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9570         """
9571         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9572         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9573         """
9574         self.this = pre.this
9575         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9576         pre.thisown = 0
9577         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9578             self._setOORInfo(self)
9579         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9580             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9581
9582     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9583         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9584
9585 Window_swigregister = _core_.Window_swigregister
9586 Window_swigregister(Window)
9587
9588 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9589     """
9590     PreWindow() -> Window
9591
9592     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9593     """
9594     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9595     return val
9596
9597 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9598   """
9599     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9600
9601     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9602     """
9603   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9604
9605 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9606   """
9607     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9608
9609     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9610     autogenerated) id
9611     """
9612   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9613
9614 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9615   """
9616     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9617
9618     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9619     autogenerated) id
9620     """
9621   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9622
9623 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9624   """
9625     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9626
9627     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9628     or None.
9629     """
9630   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9631
9632 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9633   """
9634     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9635
9636     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9637     """
9638   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9639
9640 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9641   """
9642     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9643
9644     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9645     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9646     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9647     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9648     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9649
9650     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9651     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9652     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9653     this.
9654     """
9655   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9656
9657 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9658     """
9659     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9660     dialog units to pixel units.
9661     """
9662     if y is None:
9663         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9664     else:
9665         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9666
9667 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9668     """
9669     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9670     dialog units to pixel units.
9671     """
9672     if height is None:
9673         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9674     else:
9675         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9676
9677
9678 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9679   """
9680     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9681
9682     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9683     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9684     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9685     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9686     """
9687   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9688
9689 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9690   """
9691     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9692
9693     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9694     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9695     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9696     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9697     cases.
9698
9699     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9700     """
9701   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9702
9703 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9704   """
9705     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9706
9707     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9708     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9709     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9710     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9711     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9712     """
9713   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9714
9715 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9716   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9717   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9718
9719 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9720   """
9721     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9722
9723     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9724     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9725     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9726     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9727
9728     """
9729   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9730 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9731
9732 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9733     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9734     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9735     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9736     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9737         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9738         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9739         self._setOORInfo(self)
9740
9741     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9742         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9743         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9744
9745     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9746         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9747         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9748
9749     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9750         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9751         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9752
9753     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9754         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9755         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9756
9757     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9758         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9759         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9760
9761     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9762         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9763         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9764
9765     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9766         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9767         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9768
9769     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9770     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9771         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9772         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9773
9774     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9775 Validator_swigregister = _core_.Validator_swigregister
9776 Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9777
9778 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9779   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9780   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9781
9782 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9783   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9784   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9785
9786 class PyValidator(Validator):
9787     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9788     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9789     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9790     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9791         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9792         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9793
9794         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9795         self._setOORInfo(self)
9796
9797     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9798         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9799         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9800
9801 PyValidator_swigregister = _core_.PyValidator_swigregister
9802 PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9803
9804 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9805
9806 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9807     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9808     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9809     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9810     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9811         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9812         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9813         self._setOORInfo(self)
9814
9815     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9816         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9817         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9818
9819     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9820         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9821         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9822
9823     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9824         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9825         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9826
9827     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9828         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9829         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9830
9831     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9832         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9833         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9834
9835     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9836         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9837         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9838
9839     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9840         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9841         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9842
9843     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9844         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9845         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9846
9847     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9848         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9849         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9850
9851     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9852         """Break(self)"""
9853         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9854
9855     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9856         """
9857         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9858             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9859         """
9860         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9861
9862     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9863         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9864         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9865
9866     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9867         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9868         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9869
9870     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9871         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9872         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9873
9874     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9875         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9876         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9877
9878     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9879         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9880         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9881
9882     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9883         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9884         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9885
9886     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9887         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9888         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9889
9890     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9891         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9892         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9893
9894     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9895         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9896         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9897
9898     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9899         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9900         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9901
9902     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9903         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9904         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9905
9906     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9907         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9908         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9909
9910     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9911         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9912         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9913
9914     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9915         """
9916         Destroy(self)
9917
9918         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9919         """
9920         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9921         args[0].thisown = 0
9922         return val
9923
9924     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9925         """
9926         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9927
9928         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9929         """
9930         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9931         args[0].thisown = 0
9932         return val
9933
9934     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9935         """
9936         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9937
9938         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9939         """
9940         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9941         args[0].thisown = 0
9942         return val
9943
9944     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9945         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9946         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9947
9948     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9949         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9950         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9951
9952     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9953         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9954         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9955
9956     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9957         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9958         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9959
9960     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9961         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9962         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9963
9964     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9965         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9966         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9967
9968     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9970         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9971
9972     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9973         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9974         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9975
9976     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9977         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9978         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9979
9980     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9981         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9982         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9983
9984     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9985         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9986         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9987
9988     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9989         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9990         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9991
9992     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9993         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9994         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9995
9996     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9997         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9998         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9999
10000     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10001         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10002         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10003
10004     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10005         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10006         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10007
10008     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10009         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10010         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10011
10012     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10013         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10014         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10015
10016     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10017         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10018         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10019
10020     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10021         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10022         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10023
10024     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10025         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10026         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10027
10028     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10029         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10030         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10031
10032     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10033         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10034         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10035
10036     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10037         """Detach(self)"""
10038         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10039
10040     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10041         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10042         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10043
10044     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10045         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10046         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10047
10048     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10049         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10050         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10051
10052 Menu_swigregister = _core_.Menu_swigregister
10053 Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10054 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10055
10056 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10057
10058 class MenuBar(Window):
10059     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10060     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10061     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10062     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10063         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10064         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10065         self._setOORInfo(self)
10066
10067     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10068         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10069         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10070
10071     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10072         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10073         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10074
10075     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10076         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10077         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10078
10079     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10080         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10081         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10082
10083     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10084         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10085         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10086
10087     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10088         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10089         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10090
10091     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10092         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10093         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10094
10095     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10096         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10097         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10098
10099     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10100         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10101         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10102
10103     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10104         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10105         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10106
10107     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10108         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10109         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10110
10111     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10112         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10113         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10114
10115     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10116         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10117         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10118
10119     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10120         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10121         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10122
10123     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10124         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10125         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10126
10127     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10128         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10129         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10130
10131     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10132         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10133         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10134
10135     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10136         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10137         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10138
10139     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10140         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10141         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10142
10143     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10144         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10145         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10146
10147     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10148         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10149         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10150
10151     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10152         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10153         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10154
10155     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10156         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10157         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10158
10159     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10160         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10161         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10162
10163     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10164         """Detach(self)"""
10165         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10166
10167     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10168         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10169         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10170
10171     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10172     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10173         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10174         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10175
10176     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10177 MenuBar_swigregister = _core_.MenuBar_swigregister
10178 MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10179
10180 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10181   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10182   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10183
10184 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10185   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10186   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10187
10188 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10189
10190 class MenuItem(Object):
10191     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10192     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10193     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10194     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10195         """
10196         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10197             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10198             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10199         """
10200         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10201     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10202     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10203     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10204         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10205         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10206
10207     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10208         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10209         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10210
10211     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10212         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10213         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10214
10215     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10216         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10217         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10218
10219     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10220         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10221         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10222
10223     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10224         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10225         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10226
10227     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10228         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10229         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10230
10231     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10232         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10233         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10234
10235     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10236         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10237         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10238
10239     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10240     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10241         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10242         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10243
10244     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10245         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10246         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10247
10248     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10249         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10250         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10251
10252     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10253         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10254         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10255
10256     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10257         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10258         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10259
10260     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10261         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10262         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10263
10264     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10265         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10266         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10267
10268     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10269         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10270         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10271
10272     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10273         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10274         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10275
10276     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10277         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10278         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10279
10280     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10281         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10282         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10283
10284     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10285         """Toggle(self)"""
10286         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10287
10288     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10289         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10290         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10291
10292     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10293         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10294         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10295
10296     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10297         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10298         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10299
10300     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10301         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10302         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10303
10304     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10305         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10306         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10307
10308     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10309         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10310         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10311
10312     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10313         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10314         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10315
10316     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10317         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10318         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10319
10320     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10321         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10322         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10323
10324     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10325         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10326         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10327
10328     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10329         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10330         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10331
10332     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10333         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10334         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10335
10336     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10337         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10338         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10339
10340     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10341         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10342         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10343
10344     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10345         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10346         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10347
10348     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10349         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10350         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10351
10352     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10353         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10354         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10355
10356     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10357         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10358         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10359
10360     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10361     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10362         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10363         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10364
10365     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10366         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10367         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10368
10369     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10370         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10371         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10372
10373 MenuItem_swigregister = _core_.MenuItem_swigregister
10374 MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10375
10376 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10377   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10378   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10379
10380 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10381   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10382   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10383
10384 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10385
10386 class Control(Window):
10387     """
10388     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10389
10390     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10391     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10392     """
10393     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10394     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10395     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10396         """
10397         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10398             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10399             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10400
10401         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10402         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10403         """
10404         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10405         self._setOORInfo(self)
10406
10407     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10408         """
10409         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10410             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10411             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10412
10413         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10414         """
10415         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10416
10417     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10418         """
10419         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10420
10421         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10422
10423         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10424
10425         """
10426         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10427
10428     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10429         """
10430         GetLabel(self) -> String
10431
10432         Return a control's text.
10433         """
10434         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10435
10436     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10437         """
10438         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10439
10440         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10441         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10442         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10443         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10444         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10445
10446         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10447         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10448         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10449         this.
10450         """
10451         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10452
10453     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10454 Control_swigregister = _core_.Control_swigregister
10455 Control_swigregister(Control)
10456 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10457
10458 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10459     """
10460     PreControl() -> Control
10461
10462     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10463     """
10464     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10465     return val
10466
10467 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10468   """
10469     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10470
10471     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10472     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10473     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10474     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10475     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10476
10477     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10478     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10479     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10480     this.
10481     """
10482   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10483
10484 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10485
10486 class ItemContainer(object):
10487     """
10488     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10489     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10490     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10491     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10492     this one.
10493
10494     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10495     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10496     all conform to the same interface.
10497
10498     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10499     optionally, client data associated with them.
10500
10501     """
10502     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10503     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10504     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10505     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10506         """
10507         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10508
10509         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10510         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10511         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10512         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10513         """
10514         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10515
10516     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10517         """
10518         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10519
10520         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10521         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10522         need to add a lot of items.
10523         """
10524         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10525
10526     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10527         """
10528         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10529
10530         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10531         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10532         """
10533         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10534
10535     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10536         """
10537         Clear(self)
10538
10539         Removes all items from the control.
10540         """
10541         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10542
10543     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10544         """
10545         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10546
10547         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10548         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10549         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10550         than the number of items in the control.
10551         """
10552         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10553
10554     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10555         """
10556         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10557
10558         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10559         """
10560         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10561
10562     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10563         """
10564         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10565
10566         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10567         """
10568         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10569
10570     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10571         """
10572         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10573
10574         Returns the number of items in the control.
10575         """
10576         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10577
10578     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10579         """
10580         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10581
10582         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10583         """
10584         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10585
10586     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10587         """
10588         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10589
10590         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10591         """
10592         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10593
10594     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10595         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10596         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10597
10598     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10599         """
10600         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10601
10602         Sets the label for the given item.
10603         """
10604         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10605
10606     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10607         """
10608         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10609
10610         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10611         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10612         found.
10613         """
10614         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10615
10616     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10617         """
10618         SetSelection(self, int n)
10619
10620         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10621         """
10622         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10623
10624     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10625         """
10626         GetSelection(self) -> int
10627
10628         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10629         is selected.
10630         """
10631         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10632
10633     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10634         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10635         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10636
10637     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10638         """
10639         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10640
10641         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10642         is selected.
10643         """
10644         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10645
10646     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10647         """
10648         Select(self, int n)
10649
10650         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10651         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10652         """
10653         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10654
10655 ItemContainer_swigregister = _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister
10656 ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10657
10658 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10659
10660 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10661     """
10662     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10663     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10664     that have items.
10665     """
10666     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10667     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10668     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10669 ControlWithItems_swigregister = _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister
10670 ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10671
10672 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10673
10674 class SizerItem(Object):
10675     """
10676     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10677     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user
10678     code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but
10679     custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the
10680     collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout.
10681
10682     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10683     """
10684     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10685     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10686     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10687         """
10688         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10689
10690         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10691         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10692
10693         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10694         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10695         methods are called.
10696
10697         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10698         """
10699         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10700     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10701     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10702     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10703         """
10704         DeleteWindows(self)
10705
10706         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10707         of item.
10708         """
10709         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10710
10711     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10712         """
10713         DetachSizer(self)
10714
10715         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10716         """
10717         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10718
10719     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10720         """
10721         GetSize(self) -> Size
10722
10723         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10724         """
10725         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10726
10727     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10728         """
10729         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10730
10731         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10732         needed by borders.
10733         """
10734         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10735
10736     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10737         """
10738         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10739
10740         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10741         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10742         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10743         account.
10744         """
10745         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10746
10747     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10748         """
10749         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10750
10751         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10752         """
10753         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10754
10755     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10756         """
10757         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10758
10759         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10760         added, if needed.
10761         """
10762         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10763
10764     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10765         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10766         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10767
10768     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10769         """
10770         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10771
10772         Set the ratio item attribute.
10773         """
10774         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10775
10776     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10777         """
10778         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10779
10780         Set the ratio item attribute.
10781         """
10782         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10783
10784     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10785         """
10786         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10787
10788         Set the ratio item attribute.
10789         """
10790         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10791
10792     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10793         """
10794         GetRatio(self) -> float
10795
10796         Set the ratio item attribute.
10797         """
10798         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10799
10800     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10801         """
10802         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10803
10804         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10805         """
10806         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10807
10808     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10809         """
10810         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10811
10812         Is this sizer item a window?
10813         """
10814         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10815
10816     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10817         """
10818         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10819
10820         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10821         """
10822         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10823
10824     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10825         """
10826         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10827
10828         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10829         """
10830         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10831
10832     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10833         """
10834         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10835
10836         Set the proportion value for this item.
10837         """
10838         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10839
10840     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10841         """
10842         GetProportion(self) -> int
10843
10844         Get the proportion value for this item.
10845         """
10846         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10847
10848     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10849     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10850     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10851         """
10852         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10853
10854         Set the flag value for this item.
10855         """
10856         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10857
10858     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10859         """
10860         GetFlag(self) -> int
10861
10862         Get the flag value for this item.
10863         """
10864         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10865
10866     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10867         """
10868         SetBorder(self, int border)
10869
10870         Set the border value for this item.
10871         """
10872         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10873
10874     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10875         """
10876         GetBorder(self) -> int
10877
10878         Get the border value for this item.
10879         """
10880         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10881
10882     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10883         """
10884         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10885
10886         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10887         """
10888         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10889
10890     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10891         """
10892         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10893
10894         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10895         """
10896         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10897
10898     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10899         """
10900         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10901
10902         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10903         """
10904         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10905
10906     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10907         """
10908         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10909
10910         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10911         """
10912         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10913
10914     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10915         """
10916         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10917
10918         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10919         """
10920         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10921
10922     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10923         """
10924         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10925
10926         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10927         """
10928         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10929
10930     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10931         """
10932         Show(self, bool show)
10933
10934         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10935         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10936         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10937         """
10938         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10939
10940     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10941         """
10942         IsShown(self) -> bool
10943
10944         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10945         """
10946         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10947
10948     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10949         """
10950         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10951
10952         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10953         """
10954         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10955
10956     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10957         """
10958         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10959
10960         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10961         isn't any.
10962         """
10963         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10964
10965     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10966         """
10967         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10968
10969         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10970         """
10971         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10972
10973 SizerItem_swigregister = _core_.SizerItem_swigregister
10974 SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10975
10976 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10977     """
10978     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10979         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10980
10981     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10982     """
10983     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10984     return val
10985
10986 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10987     """
10988     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10989         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10990
10991     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10992     """
10993     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10994     return val
10995
10996 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10997     """
10998     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10999         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11000
11001     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11002     """
11003     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11004     return val
11005
11006 class Sizer(Object):
11007     """
11008     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11009     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11010     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11011     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
11012     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11013
11014     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11015     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11016     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11017     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11018     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11019     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11020     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11021     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11022     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11023     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11024     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11025     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11026     compared to a real window on screen.
11027
11028     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11029     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11030     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11031     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11032     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11033     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11034     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11035     """
11036     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11037     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11038     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11039     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11040     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11041     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11042         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11043         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11044
11045     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11046         """
11047         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11048             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11049
11050         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11051         """
11052         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11053
11054     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11055         """
11056         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11057             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11058
11059         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11060         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11061         """
11062         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11063
11064     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11065         """
11066         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11067             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11068
11069         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11070         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11071         """
11072         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11073
11074     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11075         """
11076         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11077
11078         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11079         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11080         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11081         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11082         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11083         and removed.
11084         """
11085         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11086
11087     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11088         """
11089         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11090
11091         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11092         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11093         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11094         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11095         was found and detached.
11096         """
11097         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11098
11099     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11100         """
11101         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11102
11103         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11104         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11105         the item to be found.
11106         """
11107         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11108
11109     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11110         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11111         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11112
11113     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11114         """
11115         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11116
11117         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11118         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11119         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11120         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11121         """
11122         if len(args) == 2:
11123             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11124             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11125         else:
11126             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11127
11128     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11129         """
11130         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11131
11132         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11133         """
11134         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11135
11136     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11137         """
11138         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11139
11140         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11141         """
11142         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11143
11144     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11145         """
11146         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11147
11148         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11149         """
11150         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11151
11152     def AddMany(self, items):
11153         """
11154         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11155         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11156         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11157         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11158         """
11159         for item in items:
11160             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11161                 item = (item, )
11162             self.Add(*item)
11163
11164     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11165     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11166         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11167         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11168     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11169         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11170         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11171     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11172         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11173         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11174
11175     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11176         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11177         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11178     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11179         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11180         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11181     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11182         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11183         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11184
11185     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11186         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11187         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11188     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11189         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11190         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11191     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11192         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11193         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11194
11195     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11196         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11197         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11198     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11199         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11200         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11201     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11202         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11203         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11204
11205
11206     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11207         """
11208         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11209
11210         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11211         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11212         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11213         methods.
11214         """
11215         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11216
11217     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11218         """
11219         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11220
11221         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11222         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11223         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11224         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11225         here, depending on which is bigger.
11226         """
11227         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11228
11229     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11230         """
11231         GetSize(self) -> Size
11232
11233         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11234         """
11235         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11236
11237     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11238         """
11239         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11240
11241         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11242         """
11243         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11244
11245     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11246         """
11247         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11248
11249         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11250         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11251         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11252         """
11253         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11254
11255     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11256         return self.GetSize().Get()
11257     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11258         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11259     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11260         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11261
11262     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11263         """
11264         RecalcSizes(self)
11265
11266         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11267         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11268         it is called by `Layout`.
11269         """
11270         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11271
11272     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11273         """
11274         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11275
11276         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11277         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11278         it is called by `Layout`.
11279         """
11280         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11281
11282     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11283         """
11284         Layout(self)
11285
11286         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11287         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11288         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11289         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11290         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11291         removed.
11292         """
11293         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11294
11295     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11296         """
11297         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11298
11299         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11300         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11301         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11302         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11303
11304         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11305         """
11306         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11307
11308     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11309         """
11310         FitInside(self, Window window)
11311
11312         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11313         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11314         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11315         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11316
11317         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11318
11319         """
11320         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11321
11322     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11323         """
11324         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11325
11326         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11327         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11328         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11329         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11330         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11331         required by the sizer.
11332         """
11333         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11334
11335     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11336         """
11337         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11338
11339         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11340         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11341         this will set them appropriately.
11342
11343         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11344
11345         """
11346         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11347
11348     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11349         """
11350         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11351
11352         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11353         as well.
11354         """
11355         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11356
11357     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11358         """
11359         DeleteWindows(self)
11360
11361         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11362         """
11363         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11364
11365     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11366         """
11367         GetChildren(self) -> list
11368
11369         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11370         """
11371         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11372
11373     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11374         """
11375         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11376
11377         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11378         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11379         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11380         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11381         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11382         """
11383         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11384
11385     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11386         """
11387         IsShown(self, item)
11388
11389         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11390         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11391         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11392         the item.
11393         """
11394         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11395
11396     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11397         """
11398         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11399         """
11400         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11401
11402     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11403         """
11404         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11405
11406         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11407         """
11408         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11409
11410 Sizer_swigregister = _core_.Sizer_swigregister
11411 Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11412
11413 class PySizer(Sizer):
11414     """
11415     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11416     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11417     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11418     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11419     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11420     For example::
11421
11422         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11423              def __init__(self):
11424                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11425
11426              def CalcMin(self):
11427                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11428                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11429                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11430                       # layout algorithm.
11431                       ...
11432                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11433
11434               def RecalcSizes(self):
11435                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11436                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11437                   size = self.GetSize()
11438                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11439                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11440                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11441                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11442                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11443                       ...
11444                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11445
11446
11447     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11448     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11449     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11450
11451     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11452
11453
11454     """
11455     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11456     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11457     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11458         """
11459         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11460
11461         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11462         class.
11463         """
11464         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11465         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11466
11467     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11468         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11469         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11470
11471 PySizer_swigregister = _core_.PySizer_swigregister
11472 PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11473
11474 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11475
11476 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11477     """
11478     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11479     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11480     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11481     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11482     parameter passed to the constructor.
11483     """
11484     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11485     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11486     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11487         """
11488         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11489
11490         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11491         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11492         sizer.
11493         """
11494         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11495         self._setOORInfo(self)
11496
11497     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11498         """
11499         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11500
11501         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11502         """
11503         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11504
11505     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11506         """
11507         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11508
11509         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11510         """
11511         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11512
11513 BoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister
11514 BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11515
11516 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11517
11518 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11519     """
11520     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11521     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11522     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11523     passed to the sizer constructor.
11524     """
11525     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11526     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11527     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11528         """
11529         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11530
11531         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11532         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11533         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11534         """
11535         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11536         self._setOORInfo(self)
11537
11538     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11539         """
11540         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11541
11542         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11543         """
11544         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11545
11546 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister
11547 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11548
11549 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11550
11551 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11552     """
11553     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11554     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11555     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11556     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11557     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11558     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11559
11560     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11561     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11562     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11563     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11564     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11565     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11566
11567     """
11568     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11569     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11570     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11571         """
11572         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11573
11574         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11575         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11576         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11577         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11578         define extra space between all children.
11579         """
11580         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11581         self._setOORInfo(self)
11582
11583     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11584         """
11585         SetCols(self, int cols)
11586
11587         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11588         """
11589         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11590
11591     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11592         """
11593         SetRows(self, int rows)
11594
11595         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11596         """
11597         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11598
11599     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11600         """
11601         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11602
11603         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11604         """
11605         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11606
11607     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11608         """
11609         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11610
11611         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11612         """
11613         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11614
11615     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11616         """
11617         GetCols(self) -> int
11618
11619         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11620         """
11621         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11622
11623     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11624         """
11625         GetRows(self) -> int
11626
11627         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11628         """
11629         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11630
11631     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11632         """
11633         GetVGap(self) -> int
11634
11635         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11636         """
11637         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11638
11639     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11640         """
11641         GetHGap(self) -> int
11642
11643         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11644         """
11645         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11646
11647     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11648         """
11649         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11650
11651         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11652         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11653         in the constructor.
11654         """
11655         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11656         rows = self.GetRows()
11657         cols = self.GetCols()
11658         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11659         if cols != 0:
11660             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11661         elif rows != 0:
11662             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11663         return (rows, cols)
11664
11665 GridSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridSizer_swigregister
11666 GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11667
11668 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11669
11670 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11671 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11672 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11673 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11674     """
11675     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11676     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11677     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11678     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11679     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11680
11681     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11682     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11683     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11684     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11685     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11686     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11687
11688
11689     """
11690     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11691     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11692     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11693         """
11694         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11695
11696         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11697         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11698         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11699         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11700         define extra space between all children.
11701         """
11702         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11703         self._setOORInfo(self)
11704
11705     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11706         """
11707         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11708
11709         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11710         is extra space available to the sizer.
11711
11712         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11713         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11714         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11715         """
11716         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11717
11718     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11719         """
11720         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11721
11722         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11723         """
11724         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11725
11726     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11727         """
11728         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11729
11730         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11731         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11732
11733         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11734         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11735         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11736         """
11737         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11738
11739     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11740         """
11741         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11742
11743         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11744         """
11745         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11746
11747     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11748         """
11749         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11750
11751         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11752         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11753         other value is ignored.
11754
11755             ==============    =======================================
11756             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11757             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11758             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11759                               (this is the default value).
11760             ==============    =======================================
11761
11762         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11763
11764         """
11765         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11766
11767     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11768         """
11769         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11770
11771         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11772         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11773
11774         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11775         """
11776         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11777
11778     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11779         """
11780         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11781
11782         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11783         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11784         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11785
11786             ==========================  =================================================
11787             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11788             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11789                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11790                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11791                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11792             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11793                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11794                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11795             ==========================  =================================================
11796
11797         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11798
11799
11800         """
11801         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11802
11803     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11804         """
11805         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11806
11807         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11808         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11809
11810         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11811         """
11812         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11813
11814     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11815         """
11816         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11817
11818         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11819         rows in the sizer.
11820         """
11821         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11822
11823     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11824         """
11825         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11826
11827         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11828         columns in the sizer.
11829         """
11830         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11831
11832 FlexGridSizer_swigregister = _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister
11833 FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11834
11835 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11836     """
11837     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11838     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11839     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11840     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11841     will take care of the rest.
11842
11843     """
11844     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11845     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11846     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11847         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11848         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11849     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11850         """
11851         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11852
11853         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11854         method in the base class.
11855         """
11856         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11857
11858     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11859         """
11860         Realize(self)
11861
11862         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11863         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11864         specifc manner.
11865         """
11866         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11867
11868     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11869         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11870         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11871
11872     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11873         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11874         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11875
11876     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11877         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11878         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11879
11880     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11881         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11882         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11883
11884     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11885         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11886         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11887
11888     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11889         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11890         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11891
11892     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11893         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11894         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11895
11896     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11897         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11898         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11899
11900 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister = _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister
11901 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11902
11903 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11904
11905 class GBPosition(object):
11906     """
11907     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11908     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11909     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11910     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11911     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11912     """
11913     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11914     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11915     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11916         """
11917         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11918
11919         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11920         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11921         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11922         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11923         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11924         """
11925         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11926     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11927     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11928     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11929         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11930         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11931
11932     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11933         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11934         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11935
11936     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11937         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11938         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11939
11940     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11941         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11942         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11943
11944     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11945         """
11946         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11947
11948         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11949         """
11950         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11951
11952     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11953         """
11954         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11955
11956         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11957         """
11958         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11959
11960     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11961         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11962         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11963
11964     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11965         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11966         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11967
11968     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11969     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11970     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11971     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11972     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11973     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11974         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11975         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11976         else: raise IndexError
11977     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11978     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11979     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11980
11981     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11982     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11983
11984 GBPosition_swigregister = _core_.GBPosition_swigregister
11985 GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11986
11987 class GBSpan(object):
11988     """
11989     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11990     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11991     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11992     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11993     nearly transparently in Python code.
11994
11995     """
11996     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11997     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11998     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11999         """
12000         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12001
12002         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12003         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12004         cell in each direction.
12005         """
12006         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12007     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12008     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12009     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12010         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12011         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12012
12013     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12014         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12015         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12016
12017     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12018         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12019         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12020
12021     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12022         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12023         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12024
12025     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12026         """
12027         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12028
12029         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12030         """
12031         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12032
12033     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12034         """
12035         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12036
12037         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12038         """
12039         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12040
12041     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12042         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12043         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12044
12045     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12046         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12047         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12048
12049     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12050     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12051     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12052     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12053     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12054     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12055         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12056         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12057         else: raise IndexError
12058     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12059     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12060     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12061
12062     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12063     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12064
12065 GBSpan_swigregister = _core_.GBSpan_swigregister
12066 GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12067
12068 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12069     """
12070     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12071     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12072     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12073
12074     """
12075     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12076     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12077     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12078         """
12079         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12080
12081         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12082         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12083         item can be used in a Sizer.
12084
12085         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12086         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12087         """
12088         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12089     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12090     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12091     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12092         """
12093         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12094
12095         Get the grid position of the item
12096         """
12097         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12098
12099     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12100     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12101         """
12102         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12103
12104         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12105         """
12106         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12107
12108     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12109     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12110         """
12111         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12112
12113         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12114         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12115         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12116         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12117         """
12118         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12119
12120     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12121         """
12122         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12123
12124         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12125         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12126         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12127         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12128
12129         """
12130         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12131
12132     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12133         """
12134         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12135
12136         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12137         """
12138         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12139
12140     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12141         """
12142         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12143
12144         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12145         """
12146         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12147
12148     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12149         """
12150         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12151
12152         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12153         """
12154         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12155
12156     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12157         """
12158         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12159
12160         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12161         """
12162         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12163
12164     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12165         """
12166         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12167
12168         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12169         """
12170         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12171
12172 GBSizerItem_swigregister = _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister
12173 GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12174 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12175
12176 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12177     """
12178     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12179         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12180
12181     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12182     """
12183     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12184     return val
12185
12186 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12187     """
12188     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12189         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12190
12191     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12192     """
12193     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12194     return val
12195
12196 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12197     """
12198     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12199         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12200
12201     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12202     """
12203     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12204     return val
12205
12206 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12207     """
12208     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12209     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12210     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12211     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12212     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12213     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12214
12215     """
12216     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12217     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12218     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12219         """
12220         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12221
12222         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12223         rows and columns.
12224         """
12225         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12226         self._setOORInfo(self)
12227
12228     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12229         """
12230         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12231         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12232
12233         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12234         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12235         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12236
12237         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12238         position, False if something was already there.
12239
12240         """
12241         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12242
12243     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12244         """
12245         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12246
12247         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12248         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12249         something was already there.
12250         """
12251         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12252
12253     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12254         """
12255         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12256
12257         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12258         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12259         """
12260         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12261
12262     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12263         """
12264         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12265
12266         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12267         """
12268         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12269
12270     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12271         """
12272         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12273
12274         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12275         """
12276         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12277
12278     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12279         """
12280         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12281
12282         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12283         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12284         index of an item.
12285         """
12286         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12287
12288     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12289         """
12290         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12291
12292         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12293         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12294         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12295         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12296
12297         """
12298         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12299
12300     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12301         """
12302         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12303
12304         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12305         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12306         zero-based index of an item.
12307         """
12308         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12309
12310     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12311         """
12312         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12313
12314         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12315         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12316         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12317         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12318         """
12319         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12320
12321     def FindItem(*args):
12322         """
12323         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12324
12325         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12326         not found. (non-recursive)
12327         """
12328         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12329
12330     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12331         """
12332         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12333
12334         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12335         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12336         """
12337         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12338
12339     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12340         """
12341         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12342
12343         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12344         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12345         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12346         layout. (non-recursive)
12347         """
12348         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12349
12350     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12351         """
12352         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12353
12354         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12355         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12356         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12357         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12358         position of.
12359
12360         """
12361         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12362
12363     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12364         """
12365         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12366
12367         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12368         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12369         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12370         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12371         position of.
12372         """
12373         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12374
12375 GridBagSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister
12376 GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12377
12378 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12379
12380 Left = _core_.Left
12381 Top = _core_.Top
12382 Right = _core_.Right
12383 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12384 Width = _core_.Width
12385 Height = _core_.Height
12386 Centre = _core_.Centre
12387 Center = _core_.Center
12388 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12389 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12390 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12391 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12392 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12393 Above = _core_.Above
12394 Below = _core_.Below
12395 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12396 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12397 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12398 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12399 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12400     """
12401     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12402     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12403     You will never need to create an instance of
12404     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12405     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12406     that it contains.
12407     """
12408     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12409     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12410     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12411     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12412         """
12413         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12414
12415         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12416         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12417         """
12418         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12419
12420     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12421         """
12422         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12423
12424         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12425         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12426         other window.
12427         """
12428         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12429
12430     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12431         """
12432         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12433
12434         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12435         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12436         other window.
12437         """
12438         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12439
12440     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12441         """
12442         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12443
12444         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12445         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12446         window.
12447         """
12448         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12449
12450     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12451         """
12452         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12453
12454         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12455         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12456         window.
12457         """
12458         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12459
12460     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12461         """
12462         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12463
12464         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12465         given window, with an optional margin.
12466         """
12467         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12468
12469     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12470         """
12471         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12472
12473         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12474         window, with an optional margin.
12475         """
12476         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12477
12478     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12479         """
12480         Absolute(self, int val)
12481
12482         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12483         """
12484         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12485
12486     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12487         """
12488         Unconstrained(self)
12489
12490         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12491         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12492         """
12493         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12494
12495     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12496         """
12497         AsIs(self)
12498
12499         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12500         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12501         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12502         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12503         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12504         button label.
12505         """
12506         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12507
12508     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12509         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12510         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12511
12512     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12513         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12514         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12515
12516     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12517         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12518         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12519
12520     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12521         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12522         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12523
12524     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12525         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12526         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12527
12528     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12529         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12530         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12531
12532     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12533         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12534         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12535
12536     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12537         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12538         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12539
12540     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12541         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12542         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12543
12544     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12545         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12546         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12547
12548     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12549         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12550         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12551
12552     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12553         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12554         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12555
12556     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12557         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12558         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12559
12560     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12561         """
12562         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12563
12564         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12565         """
12566         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12567
12568     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12569         """
12570         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12571
12572         Try to satisfy constraint
12573         """
12574         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12575
12576     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12577         """
12578         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12579
12580         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12581         is not determinable, -1.
12582         """
12583         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12584
12585 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister = _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister
12586 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12587
12588 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12589     """
12590     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12591     instead.
12592
12593     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12594     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12595
12596     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12597     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12598     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12599
12600         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12601         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12602         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12603         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12604         * width: represents the width of the window
12605         * height: represents the height of the window
12606         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12607         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12608
12609     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12610     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12611     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12612     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12613     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12614     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12615     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12616
12617     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12618
12619     """
12620     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12621     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12622     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12623     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12624     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12625     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12626     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12627     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12628     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12629     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12630     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12631         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12632         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12633     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12634     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12635     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12636         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12637         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12638
12639     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12640         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12641         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12642
12643 LayoutConstraints_swigregister = _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister
12644 LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12645
12646 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12647
12648 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12649 try:
12650     True
12651 except NameError:
12652     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12653     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12654     def bool(value): return not not value
12655     __builtins__.bool = bool
12656
12657
12658
12659 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12660 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12661 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12662 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12663
12664
12665 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12666 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12667 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12668
12669 from __version__ import *
12670 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12671
12672 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12673 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12674 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12675     import warnings
12676     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12677
12678 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12679
12680 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12681 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12682 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12683 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12684 #
12685 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12686 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12687 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12688 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12689 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12690 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12691
12692 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12693 if default == 'ascii':
12694     import locale
12695     import codecs
12696     try:
12697         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12698         codecs.lookup(default)
12699     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12700         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12701     del locale
12702     del codecs
12703 if default:
12704     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12705 del default
12706
12707 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12708
12709 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12710     pass
12711
12712 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12713     """
12714     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12715     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12716     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12717     """
12718     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12719     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12720
12721     def __repr__(self):
12722         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12723             self._name = "[unknown]"
12724         return self.reprStr % self._name
12725
12726     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12727         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12728             self._name = "[unknown]"
12729         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12730
12731     def __nonzero__(self):
12732         return 0
12733
12734
12735
12736 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12737     pass
12738
12739 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12740     """
12741     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12742     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12743     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12744     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12745     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12746     is ready.
12747     """
12748
12749     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12750     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12751
12752     def __repr__(self):
12753         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12754         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12755         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12756
12757     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12758         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12759         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12760         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12761
12762     def __nonzero__(self):
12763         return 0
12764
12765
12766 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12767
12768 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12769     """
12770     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12771     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12772     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12773     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12774
12775     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12776     """
12777     app = wx.GetApp()
12778     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12779
12780     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12781         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12782         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12783                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12784     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12785     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12786     evt.callable = callable
12787     evt.args = args
12788     evt.kw = kw
12789     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12790
12791 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12792
12793
12794 class FutureCall:
12795     """
12796     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12797     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12798     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12799     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12800
12801     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12802     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12803     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12804     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12805     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12806     object.
12807
12808     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12809     """
12810     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12811         self.millis = millis
12812         self.callable = callable
12813         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12814         self.runCount = 0
12815         self.running = False
12816         self.hasRun = False
12817         self.result = None
12818         self.timer = None
12819         self.Start()
12820
12821     def __del__(self):
12822         self.Stop()
12823
12824
12825     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12826         """
12827         (Re)start the timer
12828         """
12829         self.hasRun = False
12830         if millis is not None:
12831             self.millis = millis
12832         if args or kwargs:
12833             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12834         self.Stop()
12835         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12836         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12837         self.running = True
12838     Restart = Start
12839
12840
12841     def Stop(self):
12842         """
12843         Stop and destroy the timer.
12844         """
12845         if self.timer is not None:
12846             self.timer.Stop()
12847             self.timer = None
12848
12849
12850     def GetInterval(self):
12851         if self.timer is not None:
12852             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12853         else:
12854             return 0
12855
12856
12857     def IsRunning(self):
12858         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12859
12860
12861     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12862         """
12863         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12864         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12865         new call to the same callable object but with different
12866         parameters.
12867         """
12868         self.args = args
12869         self.kwargs = kwargs
12870
12871
12872     def HasRun(self):
12873         return self.hasRun
12874
12875     def GetResult(self):
12876         return self.result
12877
12878     def Notify(self):
12879         """
12880         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12881         """
12882         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12883             self.runCount += 1
12884             self.running = False
12885             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12886         self.hasRun = True
12887         if not self.running:
12888             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12889             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12890
12891
12892
12893 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12894 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12895 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12896 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12897 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12898 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12899 # where they should be used.
12900
12901 class __DocFilter:
12902     """
12903     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12904     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12905     """
12906     def __init__(self, globals):
12907         self._globals = globals
12908
12909     def __call__(self, name):
12910         import types
12911         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12912         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12913             return False
12914         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12915             return False
12916         return True
12917
12918 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12919 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12920
12921 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12922 # "core" wx namespace
12923 from _gdi import *
12924 from _windows import *
12925 from _controls import *
12926 from _misc import *
12927
12928 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12929 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12930
12931
12932